Correct spelling of "relocatable".

143 files changed, 995 insertions, 844 deletions

diff --git a/bfd/ChangeLog b/bfd/ChangeLog
index de64406..48980a7 100644
--- a/bfd/ChangeLog
+++ b/bfd/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,102 @@
+2003-06-25  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
+
+	* aout-ns32k.c: Correct spelling of "relocatable".
+	* aoutx.h: Likewise.
+	* bfd-in.h: Likewise.
+	* bfd.c: Likewise.
+	* bout.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-a29k.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-alpha.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-arm.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-i386.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-i860.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-i960.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-m68k.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-m88k.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-mcore.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-mips.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-or32.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-ppc.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-rs6000.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-sh.c: Likewise.
+	* coff-tic80.c: Likewise.
+	* coff64-rs6000.c: Likewise.
+	* cofflink.c: Likewise.
+	* cpu-ns32k.c: Likewise.
+	* ecoff.c: Likewise.
+	* ecofflink.c: Likewise.
+	* elf-bfd.h: Likewise.
+	* elf-eh-frame.c: Likewise.
+	* elf-hppa.h: Likewise.
+	* elf-m10200.c: Likewise.
+	* elf-m10300.c: Likewise.
+	* elf.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-arm.h: Likewise.
+	* elf32-avr.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-cris.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-d10v.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-dlx.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-fr30.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-frv.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-h8300.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-hppa.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-i370.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-i386.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-i860.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-i960.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-ip2k.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-iq2000.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-m32r.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-m68hc11.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-m68hc1x.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-m68k.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-mcore.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-msp430.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-openrisc.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-s390.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-sh.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-sh64.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-v850.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-vax.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-xstormy16.c: Likewise.
+	* elf32-xtensa.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-alpha.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-hppa.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-mips.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-mmix.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-ppc.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-s390.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-sh64.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-sparc.c: Likewise.
+	* elf64-x86-64.c: Likewise.
+	* elfcode.h: Likewise.
+	* elflink.h: Likewise.
+	* elfn32-mips.c: Likewise.
+	* elfxx-ia64.c: Likewise.
+	* elfxx-mips.c: Likewise.
+	* i386linux.c: Likewise.
+	* ieee.c: Likewise.
+	* libcoff-in.h: Likewise.
+	* linker.c: Likewise.
+	* m68klinux.c: Likewise.
+	* pdp11.c: Likewise.
+	* pe-mips.c: Likewise.
+	* peXXigen.c: Likewise.
+	* reloc.c: Likewise.
+	* reloc16.c: Likewise.
+	* sparclinux.c: Likewise.
+	* sunos.c: Likewise.
+	* syms.c: Likewise.
+	* versados.c: Likewise.
+	* vms.c: Likewise.
+	* xcofflink.c: Likewise.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
+	* libcoff.h: Regenerate.
+	* libbfd.h: Regenerate.
+
 2003-06-24  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
 
 	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_check_relocs): Report plt reloc against
@@ -2604,7 +2703,7 @@
 	in a local var.  Comment typo fixes.
 	(h8300_bfd_link_add_symbols): Likewise.
 
-	* bfd/reloc.c (struct reloc_howto_struct): Revise src_mask and
+	* reloc.c (struct reloc_howto_struct): Revise src_mask and
 	dst_mask comments.
 	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
 
@@ -4355,9 +4454,9 @@
 
 2002-08-16  Stephen Clarke <stephen.clarke@superh.com>
 
-	* bfd/elf32-sh.c (sh_elf_gc_mark_hook): For sh64, skip indirect
+	* elf32-sh.c (sh_elf_gc_mark_hook): For sh64, skip indirect
 	symbols when looking for section referred to by a relocation.
-	* bfd/elf64-sh.c (sh_elf64_gc_mark_hook): Likewise.
+	* elf64-sh.c (sh_elf64_gc_mark_hook): Likewise.
 
 2002-08-15  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
 
diff --git a/bfd/aout-ns32k.c b/bfd/aout-ns32k.c
index 0972b5d..8092705 100644
--- a/bfd/aout-ns32k.c
+++ b/bfd/aout-ns32k.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ MY(put_reloc) PARAMS ((bfd *, int, int, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
 		       struct reloc_std_external *));
 
 /* The ns32k series is ah, unusual, when it comes to relocation.
-   There are three storage methods for relocateable objects.  There
+   There are three storage methods for relocatable objects.  There
    are displacements, immediate operands and ordinary twos complement
    data. Of these, only the last fits into the standard relocation
    scheme.  Immediate operands are stored huffman encoded and
diff --git a/bfd/aoutx.h b/bfd/aoutx.h
index 7f02d13..674fc76 100644
--- a/bfd/aoutx.h
+++ b/bfd/aoutx.h
@@ -3749,7 +3749,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
   includes_hash_initialized = TRUE;
 
   /* Figure out the largest section size.  Also, if generating
-     relocateable output, count the relocs.  */
+     relocatable output, count the relocs.  */
   trsize = 0;
   drsize = 0;
   max_contents_size = 0;
@@ -3759,7 +3759,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
     {
       bfd_size_type sz;
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
 	  if (bfd_get_flavour (sub) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
 	    {
@@ -3773,7 +3773,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
 		 work out the number of relocs needed, and then multiply
 		 by the reloc size.  */
 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
-		(_("%s: relocateable link from %s to %s not supported"),
+		(_("%s: relocatable link from %s to %s not supported"),
 		 bfd_get_filename (abfd),
 		 sub->xvec->name, abfd->xvec->name);
 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
@@ -3803,7 +3803,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
 	}
     }
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       if (obj_textsec (abfd) != (asection *) NULL)
 	trsize += (_bfd_count_link_order_relocs (obj_textsec (abfd)
@@ -4786,9 +4786,9 @@ aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, reloff_ptr,
 				  input_size))
     return FALSE;
 
-  /* If we are producing relocateable output, the relocs were
+  /* If we are producing relocatable output, the relocs were
      modified, and we now write them out.  */
-  if (finfo->info->relocateable && rel_size > 0)
+  if (finfo->info->relocatable && rel_size > 0)
     {
       if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, *reloff_ptr, SEEK_SET) != 0)
 	return FALSE;
@@ -4850,7 +4850,7 @@ aout_link_input_section_std (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
 	     struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *,
 	     bfd_vma *));
   bfd *output_bfd;
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   struct external_nlist *syms;
   char *strings;
   struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
@@ -4866,7 +4866,7 @@ aout_link_input_section_std (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
   BFD_ASSERT (input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder
 	      == output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder);
 
-  relocateable = finfo->info->relocateable;
+  relocatable = finfo->info->relocatable;
   syms = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd);
   strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd);
   sym_hashes = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
@@ -4935,9 +4935,9 @@ aout_link_input_section_std (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
       }
 #endif
 
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* We are generating a relocateable output file, and must
+	  /* We are generating a relocatable output file, and must
 	     modify the reloc accordingly.  */
 	  if (r_extern)
 	    {
@@ -5195,7 +5195,7 @@ aout_link_input_section_ext (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
 	     struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *,
 	     bfd_vma *));
   bfd *output_bfd;
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   struct external_nlist *syms;
   char *strings;
   struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
@@ -5211,7 +5211,7 @@ aout_link_input_section_ext (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
   BFD_ASSERT (input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder
 	      == output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder);
 
-  relocateable = finfo->info->relocateable;
+  relocatable = finfo->info->relocatable;
   syms = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd);
   strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd);
   sym_hashes = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
@@ -5256,9 +5256,9 @@ aout_link_input_section_ext (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
 
       BFD_ASSERT (r_type < TABLE_SIZE (howto_table_ext));
 
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* We are generating a relocateable output file, and must
+	  /* We are generating a relocatable output file, and must
 	     modify the reloc accordingly.  */
 	  if (r_extern
 	      || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE10
diff --git a/bfd/bfd-in.h b/bfd/bfd-in.h
index fdf5f1c..977095e 100644
--- a/bfd/bfd-in.h
+++ b/bfd/bfd-in.h
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ extern bfd_boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate_other
 extern bfd_boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_externals
   PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
 	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
-	   bfd_boolean relocateable,
+	   bfd_boolean relocatable,
 	   bfd_boolean (*get_extr) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
 				    struct ecoff_extr *),
 	   void (*set_index) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
diff --git a/bfd/bfd-in2.h b/bfd/bfd-in2.h
index 71346c1..bdd7a48 100644
--- a/bfd/bfd-in2.h
+++ b/bfd/bfd-in2.h
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ extern bfd_boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate_other
 extern bfd_boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_externals
   PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
 	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
-	   bfd_boolean relocateable,
+	   bfd_boolean relocatable,
 	   bfd_boolean (*get_extr) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
 				    struct ecoff_extr *),
 	   void (*set_index) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
diff --git a/bfd/bfd.c b/bfd/bfd.c
index 99c5ea6..e54bd89 100644
--- a/bfd/bfd.c
+++ b/bfd/bfd.c
@@ -1164,12 +1164,12 @@ DESCRIPTION
 
 bfd_byte *
 bfd_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data,
-				    relocateable, symbols)
+				    relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *abfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   bfd *abfd2;
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ bfd_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data,
 
   fn = abfd2->xvec->_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents;
 
-  return (*fn) (abfd, link_info, link_order, data, relocateable, symbols);
+  return (*fn) (abfd, link_info, link_order, data, relocatable, symbols);
 }
 
 /* Record information about an ELF program header.  */
diff --git a/bfd/bout.c b/bfd/bout.c
index b839929..43537eb 100644
--- a/bfd/bout.c
+++ b/bfd/bout.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Intel 960 b.out binaries.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-   2000, 2001, 2002
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -1298,12 +1298,12 @@ b_out_bfd_relax_section (abfd, i, link_info, again)
 
 static bfd_byte *
 b_out_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-					  data, relocateable, symbols)
+					  data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff.  */
@@ -1317,11 +1317,11 @@ b_out_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
   if (reloc_size < 0)
     goto error_return;
 
-  /* If producing relocateable output, don't bother to relax.  */
-  if (relocateable)
+  /* If producing relocatable output, don't bother to relax.  */
+  if (relocatable)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order,
-						       data, relocateable,
+						       data, relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) reloc_size);
diff --git a/bfd/coff-a29k.c b/bfd/coff-a29k.c
index 844d371..444dbc2 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-a29k.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-a29k.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for AMD 29000 COFF binaries.
-   Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+   2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by David Wood at New York University 7/8/91.
 
@@ -327,10 +328,10 @@ coff_a29k_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   bfd_boolean hihalf;
   bfd_vma hihalf_val;
 
-  /* If we are performing a relocateable link, we don't need to do a
+  /* If we are performing a relocatable link, we don't need to do a
      thing.  The caller will take care of adjusting the reloc
      addresses and symbol indices.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   hihalf = FALSE;
diff --git a/bfd/coff-alpha.c b/bfd/coff-alpha.c
index 14e0ee1..e9dd416 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-alpha.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-alpha.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for ALPHA Extended-Coff files.
-   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Modified from coff-mips.c by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com> and
    Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type *alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
   PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
 static bfd_byte *alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents
   PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
-	   bfd_byte *data, bfd_boolean relocateable, asymbol **symbols));
+	   bfd_byte *data, bfd_boolean relocatable, asymbol **symbols));
 static bfd_vma alpha_convert_external_reloc
   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct external_reloc *,
 	   struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *));
@@ -753,12 +753,12 @@ alpha_adjust_reloc_out (abfd, rel, intern)
 
 static bfd_byte *
 alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
-					    data, relocateable, symbols)
+					    data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *abfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
   long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
   arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
   long reloc_count;
-  bfd *output_bfd = relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL;
+  bfd *output_bfd = relocatable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL;
   bfd_vma gp;
   bfd_boolean gp_undefined;
   bfd_vma stack[RELOC_STACKSIZE];
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
   gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
   if (gp == 0)
     {
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
 	  asection *sec;
 	  bfd_vma lo;
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 	case ALPHA_R_SREL16:
 	case ALPHA_R_SREL32:
 	case ALPHA_R_SREL64:
-	  if (relocateable
+	  if (relocatable
 	      && ((*rel->sym_ptr_ptr)->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
 	    {
 	      rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 	    asymbol *symbol;
 	    bfd_vma relocation;
 
-	    if (relocateable)
+	    if (relocatable)
 	      {
 		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
 		break;
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 	    bfd_vma val;
 	    int offset, size;
 
-	    if (relocateable)
+	    if (relocatable)
 	      {
 		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
 		break;
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 	    asymbol *symbol;
 	    bfd_vma relocation;
 
-	    if (relocateable)
+	    if (relocatable)
 	      {
 		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
 		break;
@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 	    asymbol *symbol;
 	    bfd_vma relocation;
 
-	    if (relocateable)
+	    if (relocatable)
 	      {
 		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
 		break;
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 	  abort ();
 	}
 
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
 	  asection *os = input_section->output_section;
 
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
 }
 
 /* A helper routine for alpha_relocate_section which converts an
-   external reloc when generating relocateable output.  Returns the
+   external reloc when generating relocatable output.  Returns the
    relocation amount.  */
 
 static bfd_vma
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ alpha_convert_external_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, ext_rel, h)
   unsigned long r_symndx;
   bfd_vma relocation;
 
-  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocateable);
+  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocatable);
 
   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
       || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
@@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
   lita_sec = symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_LITA];
   gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
-  if (! info->relocateable && lita_sec != NULL)
+  if (! info->relocatable && lita_sec != NULL)
     {
       struct ecoff_section_tdata *lita_sec_data;
 
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	     not otherwise used for anything.  For some reason, the
 	     address of the relocation does not appear to include the
 	     section VMA, unlike the other relocation types.  */
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    H_PUT_64 (input_bfd, input_section->output_offset + r_vaddr,
 		      ext_rel->r_vaddr);
 	  adjust_addrp = FALSE;
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	      if (h == (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
 		abort ();
 
-	      if (! info->relocateable)
+	      if (! info->relocatable)
 		{
 		  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
@@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
 	  addend += r_vaddr;
 
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      /* Adjust r_vaddr by the addend.  */
 	      H_PUT_64 (input_bfd, addend, ext_rel->r_vaddr);
@@ -1782,9 +1782,9 @@ alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
 	case ALPHA_R_OP_STORE:
 	  /* Store a value from the reloc stack into a bitfield.  If
-	     we are generating relocateable output, all we do is
+	     we are generating relocatable output, all we do is
 	     adjust the address of the reloc.  */
-	  if (! info->relocateable)
+	  if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      bfd_vma mask;
 	      bfd_vma val;
@@ -1850,9 +1850,9 @@ alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 		abort ();
 	    }
 
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    {
-	      /* We are generating relocateable output, and must
+	      /* We are generating relocatable output, and must
 		 convert the existing reloc.  */
 	      if (r_extern)
 		{
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	    }
 	}
 
-      if (info->relocateable && adjust_addrp)
+      if (info->relocatable && adjust_addrp)
 	{
 	  /* Change the address of the relocation.  */
 	  H_PUT_64 (input_bfd,
diff --git a/bfd/coff-arm.c b/bfd/coff-arm.c
index a88cdba..98d7048 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-arm.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-arm.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for ARM COFF files.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-   2000, 2001, 2002
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -1247,13 +1247,13 @@ coff_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	return FALSE;
 
       /* The relocation_section function will skip pcrel_offset relocs
-         when doing a relocateable link.  However, we want to convert
+         when doing a relocatable link.  However, we want to convert
          ARM26 to ARM26D relocs if possible.  We return a fake howto in
          this case without pcrel_offset set, and adjust the addend to
          compensate.  */
       if (rel->r_type == ARM_26
           && h != NULL
-          && info->relocateable
+          && info->relocatable
           && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
           && (h->root.u.def.section->output_section
@@ -1283,18 +1283,18 @@ coff_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	 the next opcode's pc, so is off by one.  */
 #if 0 /* This appears to have been true for WINCE 2.0, but it is not
 	 true for WINCE 3.0.  */
-      if (howto->pc_relative && !info->relocateable)
+      if (howto->pc_relative && !info->relocatable)
 	addend -= 8;
 #endif
 #endif
 
-      /* If we are doing a relocateable link, then we can just ignore
+      /* If we are doing a relocatable link, then we can just ignore
          a PC relative reloc that is pcrel_offset.  It will already
-         have the correct value.  If this is not a relocateable link,
+         have the correct value.  If this is not a relocatable link,
          then we should ignore the symbol value.  */
       if (howto->pc_relative && howto->pcrel_offset)
         {
-          if (info->relocateable)
+          if (info->relocatable)
             continue;
 	  /* FIXME - it is not clear which targets need this next test
 	     and which do not.  It is known that it is needed for the
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ coff_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
              stub generation to the final linker pass. If we fail to
 	     verify that the name is defined, we'll try to build stubs
 	     for an undefined name...  */
-          if (! info->relocateable
+          if (! info->relocatable
 	      && (   h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
 		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
             {
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ coff_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 		     + sec->output_offset);
 	      }
 
-	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	  else if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ coff_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	rstat = bfd_reloc_ok;
 #ifndef ARM_WINCE
       /* Only perform this fix during the final link, not a relocatable link.  nickc@cygnus.com  */
-      else if (! info->relocateable
+      else if (! info->relocatable
 	       && howto->type == ARM_THUMB23)
         {
           /* This is pretty much a copy of what the default
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ coff_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	 Is this the best way to fix up thumb addresses? krk@cygnus.com
 	 Probably not, but it works, and if it works it don't need fixing!  nickc@cygnus.com */
       /* Only perform this fix during the final link, not a relocatable link.  nickc@cygnus.com  */
-      if (! info->relocateable
+      if (! info->relocatable
 	  && (rel->r_type == ARM_32 || rel->r_type == ARM_RVA32))
 	{
 	  /* Determine if we need to set the bottom bit of a relocated address
@@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ bfd_arm_get_bfd_for_interworking (abfd, info)
 
   /* If we are only performing a partial link do not bother
      getting a bfd to hold the glue.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   globals = coff_arm_hash_table (info);
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ bfd_arm_process_before_allocation (abfd, info, support_old_code)
 
   /* If we are only performing a partial link do not bother
      to construct any glue.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* Here we have a bfd that is to be included on the link.  We have a hook
@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ bfd_arm_process_before_allocation (abfd, info, support_old_code)
 #define coff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data          coff_arm_copy_private_bfd_data
 #define coff_bfd_link_hash_table_create		coff_arm_link_hash_table_create
 
-/* When doing a relocateable link, we want to convert ARM26 relocs
+/* When doing a relocatable link, we want to convert ARM26 relocs
    into ARM26D relocs.  */
 
 static bfd_boolean
diff --git a/bfd/coff-i386.c b/bfd/coff-i386.c
index f083ae1..a24344a 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-i386.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-i386.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Intel 386 COFF files.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-   2000, 2001, 2002
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type *coff_i386_reloc_type_lookup
    section for a reference to a common symbol is the value itself plus
    any desired offset.  Ian Taylor, Cygnus Support.  */
 
-/* If we are producing relocateable output, we need to do some
+/* If we are producing relocatable output, we need to do some
    adjustments to the object file that are not done by the
    bfd_perform_relocation function.  This function is called by every
    reloc type to make any required adjustments.  */
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ coff_i386_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
     {
       /* For some reason bfd_perform_relocation always effectively
 	 ignores the addend for a COFF target when producing
-	 relocateable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 386
+	 relocatable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 386
 	 COFF, so we handle the addend here instead.  */
 #ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
       if (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
 
 /* The PE relocate section routine.  The only difference between this
    and the regular routine is that we don't want to do anything for a
-   relocateable link.  */
+   relocatable link.  */
 
 static bfd_boolean coff_pe_i386_relocate_section
   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ coff_pe_i386_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
      struct internal_syment *syms;
      asection **sections;
 {
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   return _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ coff_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)
 
 #ifndef COFF_WITH_PE
   /* If the output symbol is common (in which case this must be a
-     relocateable link), we need to add in the final size of the
+     relocatable link), we need to add in the final size of the
      common symbol.  */
   if (h != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
     *addendp += h->root.u.c.size;
diff --git a/bfd/coff-i860.c b/bfd/coff-i860.c
index 767692d..b862ff7 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-i860.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-i860.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Intel 860 COFF files.
-   Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Created mostly by substituting "860" for "386" in coff-i386.c
    Harry Dolan <dolan@ssd.intel.com>, October 1995
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static const bfd_target * i3coff_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
    section for a reference to a common symbol is the value itself plus
    any desired offset.  Ian Taylor, Cygnus Support.  */
 
-/* If we are producing relocateable output, we need to do some
+/* If we are producing relocatable output, we need to do some
    adjustments to the object file that are not done by the
    bfd_perform_relocation function.  This function is called by every
    reloc type to make any required adjustments.  */
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ coff_i860_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
     {
       /* For some reason bfd_perform_relocation always effectively
 	 ignores the addend for a COFF target when producing
-	 relocateable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 860
+	 relocatable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 860
 	 COFF, so we handle the addend here instead.  */
       diff = reloc_entry->addend;
     }
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ coff_i860_rtype_to_howto (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)
     }
 
   /* If the output symbol is common (in which case this must be a
-     relocateable link), we need to add in the final size of the
+     relocatable link), we need to add in the final size of the
      common symbol.  */
   if (h != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
     *addendp += h->root.u.c.size;
diff --git a/bfd/coff-i960.c b/bfd/coff-i960.c
index e4dc053..3a04753 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-i960.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-i960.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Intel 960 COFF files.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-   2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -180,12 +180,12 @@ optcall_callback (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol_in, data,
    same object file.  It appears to simply discard such relocs, rather
    than adding their values into the object file.  We handle this here
    by converting all relocs against defined symbols into relocs
-   against the section symbol, when generating a relocateable output
+   against the section symbol, when generating a relocatable output
    file.
 
    Note that this function is only called if we are not using the COFF
    specific backend linker.  It only does something when doing a
-   relocateable link, which will almost certainly fail when not
+   relocatable link, which will almost certainly fail when not
    generating COFF i960 output, so this function is actually no longer
    useful.  It was used before this target was converted to use the
    COFF specific backend linker.  */
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ coff_i960_relocate (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
 
   if (output_bfd == NULL)
     {
-      /* Not generating relocateable output file.  */
+      /* Not generating relocatable output file.  */
       return bfd_reloc_continue;
     }
 
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ coff_i960_start_final_link (abfd, info)
   asection *o;
   bfd_byte *esym;
 
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   esym = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (symesz);
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ coff_i960_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 		     + sec->output_section->vma
 		     + sec->output_offset);
 	    }
-	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	  else if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ coff_i960_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
       done = FALSE;
 
-      if (howto->type == R_OPTCALL && ! info->relocateable && symndx != -1)
+      if (howto->type == R_OPTCALL && ! info->relocatable && symndx != -1)
 	{
 	  int class;
 
diff --git a/bfd/coff-m68k.c b/bfd/coff-m68k.c
index a293b87..0947811 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-m68k.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-m68k.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Motorola 68000 COFF binaries.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999,
-   2000, 2001, 2002
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ m68kcoff_rtype_to_howto (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)
    symbol is the value itself plus any desired offset.  (taken from
    work done by Ian Taylor, Cygnus Support, for I386 COFF).  */
 
-/* If we are producing relocateable output, we need to do some
+/* If we are producing relocatable output, we need to do some
    adjustments to the object file that are not done by the
    bfd_perform_relocation function.  This function is called by every
    reloc type to make any required adjustments.  */
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ m68kcoff_common_addend_special_fn (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
     {
       /* For some reason bfd_perform_relocation always effectively
 	 ignores the addend for a COFF target when producing
-	 relocateable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 386
+	 relocatable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 386
 	 COFF, so we handle the addend here instead.  */
       diff = reloc_entry->addend;
     }
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ m68kcoff_common_addend_rtype_to_howto (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)
     }
 
   /* If the output symbol is common (in which case this must be a
-     relocateable link), we need to add in the final size of the
+     relocatable link), we need to add in the final size of the
      common symbol.  */
   if (h != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
     *addendp += h->root.u.c.size;
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ bfd_m68k_coff_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   bfd_byte *p;
   bfd_size_type amt;
 
-  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocateable);
+  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
 
   *errmsg = NULL;
 
diff --git a/bfd/coff-m88k.c b/bfd/coff-m88k.c
index aa88b99..a8b2c55 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-m88k.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-m88k.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Motorola 88000 COFF "Binary Compatability Standard" files.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-   2001, 2002
+   2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ m88k_special_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
 			(unsigned char *) data + addr);
 	}
 
-      /* If we are not producing relocateable output, return an error if
+      /* If we are not producing relocatable output, return an error if
 	 the symbol is not defined.  */
       if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section) && output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
 	return bfd_reloc_undefined;
diff --git a/bfd/coff-mcore.c b/bfd/coff-mcore.c
index c30f5aa..c4b0735 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-mcore.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-mcore.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Motorola MCore COFF/PE
-   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -388,10 +388,10 @@ coff_mcore_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   bfd_boolean hihalf;
   bfd_vma hihalf_val;
 
-  /* If we are performing a relocateable link, we don't need to do a
+  /* If we are performing a relocatable link, we don't need to do a
      thing.  The caller will take care of adjusting the reloc
      addresses and symbol indices.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* Check if we have the same endianess */
diff --git a/bfd/coff-mips.c b/bfd/coff-mips.c
index 6bb1b9f..d6d8218 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-mips.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for MIPS Extended-Coff files.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-   2000, 2001, 2002
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Original version by Per Bothner.
    Full support added by Ian Lance Taylor, ian@cygnus.com.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ mips_adjust_reloc_out (abfd, rel, intern)
 }
 
 /* ECOFF relocs are either against external symbols, or against
-   sections.  If we are producing relocateable output, and the reloc
+   sections.  If we are producing relocatable output, and the reloc
    is against an external symbol, and nothing has given us any
    additional addend, the resulting reloc will also be against the
    same symbol.  In such a case, we don't want to change anything
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ mips_adjust_reloc_out (abfd, rel, intern)
    final link time.  Rather than put special case code into
    bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
    function.  It just short circuits the reloc if producing
-   relocateable output against an external symbol.  */
+   relocatable output against an external symbol.  */
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
 mips_generic_reloc (abfd,
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ mips_gprel_reloc (abfd,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_vma gp;
   bfd_vma relocation;
   unsigned long val;
@@ -777,27 +777,27 @@ mips_gprel_reloc (abfd,
     }
 
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section) && ! relocateable)
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section) && ! relocatable)
     return bfd_reloc_undefined;
 
   /* We have to figure out the gp value, so that we can adjust the
      symbol value correctly.  We look up the symbol _gp in the output
      BFD.  If we can't find it, we're stuck.  We cache it in the ECOFF
      target data.  We don't need to adjust the symbol value for an
-     external symbol if we are producing relocateable output.  */
+     external symbol if we are producing relocatable output.  */
   gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
   if (gp == 0
-      && (! relocateable
+      && (! relocatable
 	  || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0))
     {
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
 	  /* Make up a value.  */
 	  gp = symbol->section->output_section->vma + 0x4000;
@@ -861,16 +861,16 @@ mips_gprel_reloc (abfd,
     val -= 0x10000;
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
   insn = (insn &~ (unsigned) 0xffff) | (val & 0xffff);
   bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
 
   /* Make sure it fit in 16 bits.  */
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ mips_rello_reloc (abfd,
     }
 
   /* bfd_perform_relocation does not handle pcrel_offset relocations
-     correctly when generating a relocateable file, so handle them
+     correctly when generating a relocatable file, so handle them
      directly here.  */
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
     {
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ mips_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 		 and the GP value of OUTPUT_BFD (which is in GP).  */
 	      addend = ecoff_data (input_bfd)->gp - gp;
 	    }
-	  else if (! info->relocateable
+	  else if (! info->relocatable
 		   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
 		   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
 	    {
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ mips_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	      /* This is a relocation against an undefined or common
 		 symbol.  The current addend in the instruction is
 		 simply the desired offset into the symbol (normally
-		 zero).  We are generating relocateable output, and we
+		 zero).  We are generating relocatable output, and we
 		 aren't going to define this symbol, so we just leave
 		 the instruction alone.  */
 	      addend = 0;
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ mips_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
       if (offsets != NULL
 	  && offsets[i] != 0)
 	{
-	  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocateable);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
 	  BFD_ASSERT (int_rel.r_type == MIPS_R_PCREL16
 		      || int_rel.r_type == MIPS_R_RELHI
 		      || int_rel.r_type == MIPS_R_RELLO);
@@ -1524,9 +1524,9 @@ mips_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	    }
 	}
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* We are generating relocateable output, and must convert
+	  /* We are generating relocatable output, and must convert
 	     the existing reloc.  */
 	  if (int_rel.r_extern)
 	    {
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ bfd_mips_ecoff_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   bfd_byte *p;
   bfd_size_type amt;
 
-  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocateable);
+  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
 
   *errmsg = NULL;
 
diff --git a/bfd/coff-or32.c b/bfd/coff-or32.c
index 6bec813..b21cdf3 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-or32.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-or32.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for OpenRISC 1000 COFF binaries.
-   Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Ivan Guzvinec  <ivang@opencores.org>
 
    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -360,10 +360,10 @@ coff_or32_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   bfd_boolean hihalf;
   bfd_vma hihalf_val;
 
-  /* If we are performing a relocateable link, we don't need to do a
+  /* If we are performing a relocatable link, we don't need to do a
      thing.  The caller will take care of adjusting the reloc
      addresses and symbol indices.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   hihalf = FALSE;
diff --git a/bfd/coff-ppc.c b/bfd/coff-ppc.c
index 067f2b6..cf54942 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-ppc.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-ppc.c
@@ -1088,10 +1088,10 @@ coff_ppc_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   bfd_vma relocation;
   reloc_howto_type *howto = 0;
 
-  /* If we are performing a relocateable link, we don't need to do a
+  /* If we are performing a relocatable link, we don't need to do a
      thing.  The caller will take care of adjusting the reloc
      addresses and symbol indices.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   hihalf = FALSE;
@@ -2325,7 +2325,7 @@ ppc_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 		  || info->strip == strip_some)
 		o->lineno_count += sec->lineno_count;
 
-	      if (info->relocateable)
+	      if (info->relocatable)
 		o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
 
 	      if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size)
@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ ppc_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 	      if (sec->reloc_count > max_reloc_count)
 		max_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count;
 	    }
-	  else if (info->relocateable
+	  else if (info->relocatable
 		   && (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
 		       || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order))
 	    ++o->reloc_count;
@@ -2350,9 +2350,9 @@ ppc_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 	}
     }
 
-  /* If doing a relocateable link, allocate space for the pointers we
+  /* If doing a relocatable link, allocate space for the pointers we
      need to keep.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       unsigned int i;
 
@@ -2401,9 +2401,9 @@ ppc_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 
 	     Because of this problem, we also keep the relocs in
 	     memory until the end of the link.  This wastes memory,
-	     but only when doing a relocateable link, which is not the
+	     but only when doing a relocatable link, which is not the
 	     common case.  */
-	  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocateable);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocatable);
 	  amt = o->reloc_count;
 	  amt *= sizeof (struct internal_reloc);
 	  finfo.section_info[o->target_index].relocs =
@@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ ppc_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
   finfo.linenos = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (amt);
   finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size);
   finfo.external_relocs = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_reloc_count * relsz);
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     {
       amt = max_reloc_count * sizeof (struct internal_reloc);
       finfo.internal_relocs = (struct internal_reloc *) bfd_malloc (amt);
@@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ ppc_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
       || (finfo.linenos == NULL && max_lineno_count > 0)
       || (finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size > 0)
       || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_reloc_count > 0)
-      || (! info->relocateable
+      || (! info->relocatable
 	  && finfo.internal_relocs == NULL
 	  && max_reloc_count > 0))
     goto error_return;
@@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ ppc_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
       finfo.outsyms = NULL;
     }
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       /* Now that we have written out all the global symbols, we know
 	 the symbol indices to use for relocs against them, and we can
diff --git a/bfd/coff-rs6000.c b/bfd/coff-rs6000.c
index 87b80b6..8ba305c 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-rs6000.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-rs6000.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for IBM RS/6000 "XCOFF" files.
-   Copyright 1990-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1990-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    FIXME: Can someone provide a transliteration of this name into ASCII?
    Using the following chars caused a compiler warning on HIUX (so I replaced
@@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ xcoff_ppc_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 
 		}
 	      else if ((0 == (h->flags & (XCOFF_DEF_DYNAMIC | XCOFF_IMPORT)))
-		       && ! info->relocateable)
+		       && ! info->relocatable)
 		{
 		  if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 			 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
diff --git a/bfd/coff-sh.c b/bfd/coff-sh.c
index c9997db..6b1468e 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-sh.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-sh.c
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ sh_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
 
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
     return TRUE;
@@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ sh_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
 		     + sec->output_section->vma
 		     + sec->output_offset);
 	    }
-	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	  else if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
@@ -3024,12 +3024,12 @@ sh_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
 
 static bfd_byte *
 sh_coff_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-					data, relocateable, symbols)
+					data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
@@ -3040,12 +3040,12 @@ sh_coff_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
 
   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
-  if (relocateable
+  if (relocatable
       || coff_section_data (input_bfd, input_section) == NULL
       || coff_section_data (input_bfd, input_section)->contents == NULL)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order, data,
-						       relocateable,
+						       relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   memcpy (data, coff_section_data (input_bfd, input_section)->contents,
diff --git a/bfd/coff-tic80.c b/bfd/coff-tic80.c
index 7329b7b..c7ec9bd 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-tic80.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-tic80.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for Texas Instruments TMS320C80 Multimedia Video Processor (MVP).
-   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Written by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com)
 
@@ -576,7 +577,7 @@ coff_tic80_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 		     + sec->output_offset);
 	      }
 
-	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	  else if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
diff --git a/bfd/coff64-rs6000.c b/bfd/coff64-rs6000.c
index dcb96dd..c6b1803 100644
--- a/bfd/coff64-rs6000.c
+++ b/bfd/coff64-rs6000.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for IBM RS/6000 "XCOFF64" files.
-   Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written Clinton Popetz.
    Contributed by Cygnus Support.
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ xcoff64_ppc_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 			 + sec->output_offset);
 		}
 	      else if ((0 == (h->flags & (XCOFF_DEF_DYNAMIC | XCOFF_IMPORT)))
-		       && ! info->relocateable)
+		       && ! info->relocatable)
 		{
 		  if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 			 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
diff --git a/bfd/cofflink.c b/bfd/cofflink.c
index 4e61388..59b32ed 100644
--- a/bfd/cofflink.c
+++ b/bfd/cofflink.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* COFF specific linker code.
-   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -597,9 +597,9 @@ coff_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
       sym_hash += sym.n_numaux + 1;
     }
 
-  /* If this is a non-traditional, non-relocateable link, try to
+  /* If this is a non-traditional, non-relocatable link, try to
      optimize the handling of any .stab/.stabstr sections.  */
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && ! info->traditional_format
       && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_get_flavour (abfd)
       && (info->strip != strip_all && info->strip != strip_debugger))
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ _bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 		  || info->strip == strip_some)
 		o->lineno_count += sec->lineno_count;
 
-	      if (info->relocateable)
+	      if (info->relocatable)
 		o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
 
 	      if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size)
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ _bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 	      if (sec->reloc_count > max_reloc_count)
 		max_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count;
 	    }
-	  else if (info->relocateable
+	  else if (info->relocatable
 		   && (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
 		       || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order))
 	    ++o->reloc_count;
@@ -782,9 +782,9 @@ _bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 	}
     }
 
-  /* If doing a relocateable link, allocate space for the pointers we
+  /* If doing a relocatable link, allocate space for the pointers we
      need to keep.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       unsigned int i;
 
@@ -830,9 +830,9 @@ _bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
 
 	     Because of this problem, we also keep the relocs in
 	     memory until the end of the link.  This wastes memory,
-	     but only when doing a relocateable link, which is not the
+	     but only when doing a relocatable link, which is not the
 	     common case.  */
-	  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocateable);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocatable);
 	  amt = o->reloc_count;
 	  amt *= sizeof (struct internal_reloc);
 	  finfo.section_info[o->target_index].relocs =
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ _bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
   finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size);
   amt = max_reloc_count * relsz;
   finfo.external_relocs = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (amt);
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     {
       amt = max_reloc_count * sizeof (struct internal_reloc);
       finfo.internal_relocs = (struct internal_reloc *) bfd_malloc (amt);
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ _bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
       || (finfo.linenos == NULL && max_lineno_count > 0)
       || (finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size > 0)
       || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_reloc_count > 0)
-      || (! info->relocateable
+      || (! info->relocatable
 	  && finfo.internal_relocs == NULL
 	  && max_reloc_count > 0))
     goto error_return;
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ _bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
       finfo.outsyms = NULL;
     }
 
-  if (info->relocateable && max_output_reloc_count > 0)
+  if (info->relocatable && max_output_reloc_count > 0)
     {
       /* Now that we have written out all the global symbols, we know
 	 the symbol indices to use for relocs against them, and we can
@@ -1334,8 +1334,8 @@ mark_relocs (finfo, input_bfd)
       internal_relocs = _bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
 	(input_bfd, a, FALSE,
 	 finfo->external_relocs,
-	 finfo->info->relocateable,
-	 (finfo->info->relocateable
+	 finfo->info->relocatable,
+	 (finfo->info->relocatable
 	  ? (finfo->section_info[ a->output_section->target_index ].relocs + a->output_section->reloc_count)
 	  : finfo->internal_relocs)
 	);
@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
      going to be involved in the relocations */
   if ((   finfo->info->strip   != strip_none
        || finfo->info->discard != discard_none)
-      && finfo->info->relocateable)
+      && finfo->info->relocatable)
     {
       /* mark the symbol array as 'not-used' */
       memset (indexp, 0, obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd) * sizeof * indexp);
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
          relocation.  */
       if ((finfo->info->strip != strip_none
 	   || finfo->info->discard != discard_none)
-	  && finfo->info->relocateable)
+	  && finfo->info->relocatable)
 	dont_skip_symbol = *indexp;
       else
 	dont_skip_symbol = FALSE;
@@ -2356,8 +2356,8 @@ _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 	  target_index = o->output_section->target_index;
 	  internal_relocs = (_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
 			     (input_bfd, o, FALSE, finfo->external_relocs,
-			      finfo->info->relocateable,
-			      (finfo->info->relocateable
+			      finfo->info->relocatable,
+			      (finfo->info->relocatable
 			       ? (finfo->section_info[target_index].relocs
 				  + o->output_section->reloc_count)
 			       : finfo->internal_relocs)));
@@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@ _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 					   finfo->sec_ptrs))
 	    return FALSE;
 
-	  if (finfo->info->relocateable)
+	  if (finfo->info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      bfd_vma offset;
 	      struct internal_reloc *irelend;
@@ -2608,9 +2608,9 @@ _bfd_coff_write_global_sym (h, data)
 
   /* When a weak symbol is not overriden by a strong one,
      turn it into an external symbol when not building a
-     shared or relocateable object.  */
+     shared or relocatable object.  */
   if (! finfo->info->shared
-      && ! finfo->info->relocateable
+      && ! finfo->info->relocatable
       && IS_WEAK_EXTERNAL (finfo->output_bfd, isym))
     isym.n_sclass = C_EXT;
 
@@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ _bfd_coff_write_global_sym (h, data)
 
 	      if (sec->reloc_count > 0xffff
 		  && (! obj_pe (output_bfd)
-		      || finfo->info->relocateable))
+		      || finfo->info->relocatable))
 		(*_bfd_error_handler)
 		  (_("%s: %s: reloc overflow: 0x%lx > 0xffff"),
 		   bfd_get_filename (output_bfd),
@@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ _bfd_coff_write_global_sym (h, data)
 
 	      if (sec->lineno_count > 0xffff
 		  && (! obj_pe (output_bfd)
-		      || finfo->info->relocateable))
+		      || finfo->info->relocatable))
 		(*_bfd_error_handler)
 		  (_("%s: warning: %s: line number overflow: 0x%lx > 0xffff"),
 		   bfd_get_filename (output_bfd),
@@ -2938,13 +2938,13 @@ _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
       if (howto == NULL)
 	return FALSE;
 
-      /* If we are doing a relocateable link, then we can just ignore
+      /* If we are doing a relocatable link, then we can just ignore
          a PC relative reloc that is pcrel_offset.  It will already
-         have the correct value.  If this is not a relocateable link,
+         have the correct value.  If this is not a relocatable link,
          then we should ignore the symbol value.  */
       if (howto->pc_relative && howto->pcrel_offset)
 	{
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    continue;
 	  if (sym != NULL && sym->n_scnum != 0)
 	    addend += sym->n_value;
@@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
 	    val = 0;
 
-	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	  else if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
diff --git a/bfd/cpu-ns32k.c b/bfd/cpu-ns32k.c
index 1fe67d9..1a12b16 100644
--- a/bfd/cpu-ns32k.c
+++ b/bfd/cpu-ns32k.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD support for the ns32k architecture.
-   Copyright 1990, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1990, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Almost totally rewritten by Ian Dall from initial work
    by Andrew Cagney.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ do_ns32k_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
       return bfd_reloc_ok;
     }
 
-  /* If we are not producing relocateable output, return an error if
+  /* If we are not producing relocatable output, return an error if
      the symbol is not defined.  An undefined weak symbol is
      considered to have a value of zero (SVR4 ABI, p. 4-27).  */
   if (symbol->section == &bfd_und_section
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ do_ns32k_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
 	 include the position of the location; for example, m88kbcs,
 	 or ELF.  For those targets, pcrel_offset is TRUE.
 
-	 If we are producing relocateable output, then we must ensure
+	 If we are producing relocatable output, then we must ensure
 	 that this reloc will be correctly computed when the final
 	 relocation is done.  If pcrel_offset is FALSE we want to wind
 	 up with the negative of the location within the section,
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ do_ns32k_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
 	 we do not want to adjust the existing addend at all.
 
 	 FIXME: This seems logical to me, but for the case of
-	 producing relocateable output it is not what the code
+	 producing relocatable output it is not what the code
 	 actually does.  I don't want to change it, because it seems
 	 far too likely that something will break.  */
       relocation -=
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ do_ns32k_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
 		 should not have any tests that depend upon the flavour.  It's
 		 seem like entirely the wrong place for such a thing.  The
 		 second obvious point is that the current code ignores the
-		 reloc addend when producing relocateable output for COFF.
+		 reloc addend when producing relocatable output for COFF.
 		 That's peculiar.  In fact, I really have no idea what the
 		 point of the line you want to remove is.
 
@@ -315,10 +315,10 @@ do_ns32k_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
 		 (coff-i386 does subtract the old value, to be compatible with
 		 existing coff-i386 targets, like SCO).
 
-		 So everything works fine when not producing relocateable
-		 output.  When we are producing relocateable output, logically
+		 So everything works fine when not producing relocatable
+		 output.  When we are producing relocatable output, logically
 		 we should do exactly what we do when not producing
-		 relocateable output.  Therefore, your patch is correct.  In
+		 relocatable output.  Therefore, your patch is correct.  In
 		 fact, it should probably always just set reloc_entry->addend
 		 to 0 for all cases, since it is, in fact, going to add the
 		 value into the object file.  This won't hurt the COFF code,
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ do_ns32k_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
 		 to other formats (the thing to check for would be whether
 		 any formats both use the addend and set partial_inplace).
 
-		 When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocateable output,
+		 When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocatable output,
 		 I ran into the problem that you are running into: I wanted
 		 to remove that line.  Rather than risk it, I made the
 		 coff-i386 relocs use a special function; it's coff_i386_reloc
diff --git a/bfd/doc/bfdint.texi b/bfd/doc/bfdint.texi
index 27375cd..4566731 100644
--- a/bfd/doc/bfdint.texi
+++ b/bfd/doc/bfdint.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 \input texinfo
 @c Copyright 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998,
-@c 2000, 2001
+@c 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @setfilename bfdint.info
 
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ corresponding field in the target vector is named
 
 @item _bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
 Read the contents of a section and apply the relocation information.
-This handles both a final link and a relocateable link; in the latter
+This handles both a final link and a relocatable link; in the latter
 case, it adjust the relocation information as well.  This is called via
 @samp{bfd_get_relocated_section_contents}.  Most targets implement it by
 calling @samp{bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents}.
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ allocate space in a different section and use the offset within that
 section as the value to store.  In the IEEE object file format,
 relocations may involve arbitrary expressions.
 
-When doing a relocateable link, the linker may or may not have to do
+When doing a relocatable link, the linker may or may not have to do
 anything with a relocation, depending upon the definition of the
 relocation.  Simple relocations generally do not require any special
 action.
@@ -1240,9 +1240,9 @@ existing target, you need to do the following:
 @itemize @bullet
 @item
 Make sure you clearly understand what the contents of the section should
-look like after assembly, after a relocateable link, and after a final
+look like after assembly, after a relocatable link, and after a final
 link.  Make sure you clearly understand the operations the linker must
-perform during a relocateable link and during a final link.
+perform during a relocatable link and during a final link.
 
 @item
 Write a howto structure for the relocation.  The howto structure is
@@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ call @samp{bfd_install_relocation}, so your howto structure has to be
 able to handle that.  You may need to set the @samp{special_function}
 field to handle assembly correctly.  Be careful to ensure that any code
 you write to handle the assembler will also work correctly when doing a
-relocateable link.  For example, see @samp{bfd_elf_generic_reloc}.
+relocatable link.  For example, see @samp{bfd_elf_generic_reloc}.
 
 @item
 Test the assembler.  Consider the cases of relocation against an
@@ -1271,14 +1271,14 @@ If your target uses the new linker, which is recommended, add any
 required handling to the target specific relocation function.  In simple
 cases this will just involve a call to @samp{_bfd_final_link_relocate}
 or @samp{_bfd_relocate_contents}, depending upon the definition of the
-relocation and whether the link is relocateable or not.
+relocation and whether the link is relocatable or not.
 
 @item
 Test the linker.  Test the case of a final link.  If the relocation can
 overflow, use a linker script to force an overflow and make sure the
-error is reported correctly.  Test a relocateable link, whether the
-symbol is defined or undefined in the relocateable output.  For both the
-final and relocateable link, test the case when the symbol is a common
+error is reported correctly.  Test a relocatable link, whether the
+symbol is defined or undefined in the relocatable output.  For both the
+final and relocatable link, test the case when the symbol is a common
 symbol, when the symbol looked like a common symbol but became a defined
 symbol, when the symbol is defined in a different object file, and when
 the symbol is defined in the same object file.
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ thing for the relocation.  You may need to set the
 doing a link in which the output object file format is S-records.
 
 @item
-Using the linker to generate relocateable output in a different object
+Using the linker to generate relocatable output in a different object
 file format is impossible in the general case, so you generally don't
 have to worry about that.  The GNU linker makes sure to stop that from
 happening when an input file in a different format has relocations.
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ howto structure.  Some mechanism would be used to determine which type
 of howto structure was being used by a particular format.
 
 The new howto structure would clearly define the relocation behaviour in
-the case of an assembly, a relocateable link, and a final link.  At
+the case of an assembly, a relocatable link, and a final link.  At
 least one special function would be defined as an escape, and it might
 make sense to define more.
 
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ relocations.  @samp{Rela} relocations will require more space in object
 files (but not in executables, except when using dynamic linking).
 However, this is outweighed by the simplicity of addend handling when
 using @samp{Rela} relocations.  With @samp{Rel} relocations, the addend
-must be stored in the section contents, which makes relocateable links
+must be stored in the section contents, which makes relocatable links
 more complex.
 
 For example, consider C code like @code{i = a[1000];} where @samp{a} is
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ relocations, that addend must be stored in the instructions themselves.
 If you are adding support for a RISC chip which uses two or more
 instructions to load an address, then the addend may not fit in a single
 instruction, and will have to be somehow split among the instructions.
-This makes linking awkward, particularly when doing a relocateable link
+This makes linking awkward, particularly when doing a relocatable link
 in which the addend may have to be updated.  It can be done---the MIPS
 ELF support does it---but it should be avoided when possible.
 
@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ information, and modify the section contents according to the relocation
 information.  In simple cases, this is little more than a loop over the
 relocations which computes the value of each relocation and calls
 @samp{_bfd_final_link_relocate}.  The function must check for a
-relocateable link, and in that case normally needs to do nothing other
+relocatable link, and in that case normally needs to do nothing other
 than adjust the addend for relocations against a section symbol.
 
 The complex cases generally have to do with dynamic linker support.  GOT
diff --git a/bfd/ecoff.c b/bfd/ecoff.c
index 4d9b3d4..ce18f54 100644
--- a/bfd/ecoff.c
+++ b/bfd/ecoff.c
@@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ _bfd_ecoff_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
 			    ecoff_link_write_external,
 			    (PTR) &einfo);
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       /* We need to make a pass over the link_orders to count up the
 	 number of relocations we will need to output, so that we know
@@ -4190,7 +4190,7 @@ _bfd_ecoff_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
 
   bfd_ecoff_debug_free (handle, abfd, debug, &backend->debug_swap, info);
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       /* Now reset the reloc_count field of the sections in the output
 	 BFD to 0, so that we can use them to keep track of how many
@@ -4210,7 +4210,7 @@ _bfd_ecoff_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
 	ecoff_data (abfd)->gp = (h->u.def.value
 				 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
 				 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
-      else if (info->relocateable)
+      else if (info->relocatable)
 	{
 	  bfd_vma lo;
 
@@ -4608,11 +4608,11 @@ ecoff_indirect_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order)
 				  cooked_size))
     goto error_return;
 
-  /* If we are producing relocateable output, the relocs were
+  /* If we are producing relocatable output, the relocs were
      modified, and we write them out now.  We use the reloc_count
      field of output_section to keep track of the number of relocs we
      have output so far.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       file_ptr pos = (output_section->rel_filepos
 		      + output_section->reloc_count * external_reloc_size);
diff --git a/bfd/ecofflink.c b/bfd/ecofflink.c
index b74f18a..89edae3 100644
--- a/bfd/ecofflink.c
+++ b/bfd/ecofflink.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Routines to link ECOFF debugging information.
-   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, <ian@cygnus.com>.
 
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ bfd_ecoff_debug_init (output_bfd, output_debug, output_swap, info)
 
   ainfo->largest_file_shuffle = 0;
 
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     {
       if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&ainfo->str_hash.table, string_hash_newfunc))
 	return NULL;
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ bfd_ecoff_debug_free (handle, output_bfd, output_debug, output_swap, info)
 
   bfd_hash_table_free (&ainfo->fdr_hash.table);
 
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     bfd_hash_table_free (&ainfo->str_hash.table);
 
   objalloc_free (ainfo->memory);
@@ -879,9 +879,9 @@ bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate (handle, output_bfd, output_debug, output_swap,
 	  /* If we are doing a final link, we hash all the strings in
 	     the local symbol table together.  This reduces the amount
 	     of space required by debugging information.  We don't do
-	     this when performing a relocateable link because it would
+	     this when performing a relocatable link because it would
 	     prevent us from easily merging different FDR's.  */
-	  if (! info->relocateable)
+	  if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      bfd_boolean ffilename;
 	      const char *name;
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate (handle, output_bfd, output_debug, output_swap,
 	  fdr.iauxBase = output_symhdr->iauxMax;
 	  output_symhdr->iauxMax += fdr.caux;
 	}
-      if (! info->relocateable)
+      if (! info->relocatable)
 	{
 
 	  /* When are are hashing strings, we lie about the number of
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ ecoff_add_string (ainfo, info, debug, fdr, string)
 
   symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
   len = strlen (string);
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       if (!add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->ss, &ainfo->ss_end, (PTR) string,
 			       len + 1))
@@ -1287,12 +1287,12 @@ bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate_other (handle, output_bfd, output_debug,
    this interface, so that must be changed to do something else.  */
 
 bfd_boolean
-bfd_ecoff_debug_externals (abfd, debug, swap, relocateable, get_extr,
+bfd_ecoff_debug_externals (abfd, debug, swap, relocatable, get_extr,
 			   set_index)
      bfd *abfd;
      struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
      const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      bfd_boolean (*get_extr) PARAMS ((asymbol *, EXTR *));
      void (*set_index) PARAMS ((asymbol *, bfd_size_type));
 {
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ bfd_ecoff_debug_externals (abfd, debug, swap, relocateable, get_extr,
 
       /* If we're producing an executable, move common symbols into
 	 bss.  */
-      if (! relocateable)
+      if (! relocatable)
 	{
 	  if (esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
 	    esym.asym.sc = scBss;
@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (handle, abfd, debug, swap, info, where)
 
   /* The string table is written out from the hash table if this is a
      final link.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       BFD_ASSERT (ainfo->ss_hash == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL);
       if (! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->ss, space))
diff --git a/bfd/elf-bfd.h b/bfd/elf-bfd.h
index d397307..5e4c180 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-bfd.h
+++ b/bfd/elf-bfd.h
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ struct elf_backend_data
 
      This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
      necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
-     relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
+     relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
      necessary.
 
      This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ struct elf_backend_data
      The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
      via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-     When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+     When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
      STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
      going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
      section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
diff --git a/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c b/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c
index 7d0b52b..e422aa9 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c
+++ b/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd, info, sec,
 		 in which case we can remove it provided we adjust
 		 all FDEs.  Also, it can be removed if we have removed
 		 all FDEs using it.  */
-	      if ((!info->relocateable
+	      if ((!info->relocatable
 		   && cie_compare (&cie, &hdr_info->last_cie) == 0)
 		  || cie_usage_count == 0)
 		{
diff --git a/bfd/elf-hppa.h b/bfd/elf-hppa.h
index 5e4458c..f372746 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-hppa.h
+++ b/bfd/elf-hppa.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Common code for PA ELF implementations.
-   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ elf_hppa_unmark_useless_dynamic_symbols (h, data)
 
      Ultimately we should have better controls over the generic ELF BFD
      linker code.  */
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && ! (info->shared
 	    && !info->no_undefined)
       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ elf_hppa_remark_useless_dynamic_symbols (h, data)
 
      Ultimately we should have better controls over the generic ELF BFD
      linker code.  */
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && ! (info->shared
 	    && !info->no_undefined)
       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ elf_hppa_final_link (abfd, info)
   bfd_boolean retval;
   struct elf64_hppa_link_hash_table *hppa_info = elf64_hppa_hash_table (info);
 
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     {
       struct elf_link_hash_entry *gp;
       bfd_vma gp_val;
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ elf_hppa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   struct elf64_hppa_link_hash_table *hppa_info;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   hppa_info = elf64_hppa_hash_table (info);
diff --git a/bfd/elf-m10200.c b/bfd/elf-m10200.c
index c35adcb..09d7d99 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-m10200.c
+++ b/bfd/elf-m10200.c
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ mn10200_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -512,10 +512,10 @@ mn10200_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* Assume nothing changes.  */
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocateable link, if
+  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
      this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
      code section.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0
       || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
@@ -1305,12 +1305,12 @@ mn10200_elf_symbol_address_p (abfd, sec, isym, addr)
 
 static bfd_byte *
 mn10200_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-					    data, relocateable, symbols)
+					    data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
@@ -1322,11 +1322,11 @@ mn10200_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
 
   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
-  if (relocateable
+  if (relocatable
       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order, data,
-						       relocateable,
+						       relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf-m10300.c b/bfd/elf-m10300.c
index cad2b9c..15d1a33 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-m10300.c
+++ b/bfd/elf-m10300.c
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ mn10300_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ mn10300_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   struct elf32_mn10300_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -1334,10 +1334,10 @@ mn10300_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* For error_return.  */
   section = sec;
 
-  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocateable link, if
+  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
      this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
      code section.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0
       || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
@@ -2541,12 +2541,12 @@ mn10300_elf_symbol_address_p (abfd, sec, isym, addr)
 
 static bfd_byte *
 mn10300_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-					    data, relocateable, symbols)
+					    data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
@@ -2558,11 +2558,11 @@ mn10300_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
 
   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
-  if (relocateable
+  if (relocatable
       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order, data,
-						       relocateable,
+						       relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf.c b/bfd/elf.c
index 906e13d..470f3c2 100644
--- a/bfd/elf.c
+++ b/bfd/elf.c
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
   "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
 };
 
-/* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocateable
+/* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocatable
    output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
    has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
    be against the same symbol.  In such a case, we don't want to
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
    all be done at final link time.  Rather than put special case code
    into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
    function.  It just short circuits the reloc if producing
-   relocateable output against an external symbol.  */
+   relocatable output against an external symbol.  */
 
 bfd_reloc_status_type
 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd,
@@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)
          SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
          treat this section as a BFD section.  We can not base the
          decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
-         set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the
+         set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
          linker.  */
       if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
 	  && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-arm.h b/bfd/elf32-arm.h
index ba286b1..e2d66ad 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-arm.h
+++ b/bfd/elf32-arm.h
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ bfd_elf32_arm_add_glue_sections_to_bfd (abfd, info)
 
   /* If we are only performing a partial
      link do not bother adding the glue.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ARM2THUMB_GLUE_SECTION_NAME);
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ bfd_elf32_arm_get_bfd_for_interworking (abfd, info)
 
   /* If we are only performing a partial link
      do not bother getting a bfd to hold the glue.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ bfd_elf32_arm_process_before_allocation (abfd, link_info, no_pipeline_knowledge)
 
   /* If we are only performing a partial link do not bother
      to construct any glue.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable)
+  if (link_info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* Here we have a bfd that is to be included on the link.  We have a hook
@@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ elf32_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   const char *name;
 
 #if !USE_REL
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 #endif
 
@@ -1870,9 +1870,9 @@ elf32_arm_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
       howto = bfd_reloc.howto;
 
 #if USE_REL
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	  /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
 	     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
 	     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
 	     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
@@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ elf32_arm_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *sgot, *srelgot, *sreloc;
   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   sgot = srelgot = sreloc = NULL;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-avr.c b/bfd/elf32-avr.c
index a701dc9..defa9ce 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-avr.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-avr.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* AVR-specific support for 32-bit ELF
-   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Denis Chertykov <denisc@overta.ru>
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ elf32_avr_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ elf32_avr_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *           rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *           relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-cris.c b/bfd/elf32-cris.c
index 1d278a0..4618a8f 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-cris.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-cris.c
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ cris_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
@@ -2274,7 +2274,7 @@ cris_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *srelgot;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-d10v.c b/bfd/elf32-d10v.c
index 1d6912a..cc5eddc 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-d10v.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-d10v.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* D10V-specific support for 32-bit ELF
-   Copyright 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Martin Hunt (hunt@cygnus.com).
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ elf32_d10v_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -388,9 +389,9 @@ elf32_d10v_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
       howto = elf_d10v_howto_table + r_type;
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	  /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
 	     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
 	     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
 	     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-dlx.c b/bfd/elf32-dlx.c
index a1f7d0d..1f380e8 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-dlx.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-dlx.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* DLX specific support for 32-bit ELF
-   Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ _bfd_dlx_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
   return ret;
 }
 
-/* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocateable
+/* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocatable
    output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
    has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
    be against the same symbol.  In such a case, we don't want to
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ _bfd_dlx_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    all be done at final link time.  Rather than put special case code
    into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
    function.  It just short circuits the reloc if producing
-   relocateable output against an external symbol.  */
+   relocatable output against an external symbol.  */
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
 elf32_dlx_relocate16  (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ elf32_dlx_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-fr30.c b/bfd/elf32-fr30.c
index 2311316..c4e2290 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-fr30.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-fr30.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* FR30-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
-   Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -478,7 +479,7 @@ fr30_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    zero.
 
    This function is responsible for adjusting the section contents as
-   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocateable
+   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable
    output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -492,7 +493,7 @@ fr30_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -515,7 +516,7 @@ fr30_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -726,7 +727,7 @@ fr30_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-frv.c b/bfd/elf32-frv.c
index 08dae26..19fb324 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-frv.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-frv.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* FRV-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
-   Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ frv_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    zero.
 
    This function is responsible for adjusting the section contents as
-   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocateable
+   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable
    output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ frv_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ elf32_frv_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ elf32_frv_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
      bfd_vma *valp;
 {
   if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
-      && !info->relocateable
+      && !info->relocatable
       && (int)sym->st_size <= (int)bfd_get_gp_size (abfd))
     {
       /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ elf32_frv_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-h8300.c b/bfd/elf32-h8300.c
index e4929fb..1b623f2 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-h8300.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-h8300.c
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ elf32_h8_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -706,10 +706,10 @@ elf32_h8_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* Assume nothing changes.  */
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocateable link, if
+  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
      this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
      code section.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0
       || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
@@ -1378,12 +1378,12 @@ elf32_h8_symbol_address_p (abfd, sec, addr)
 
 static bfd_byte *
 elf32_h8_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-					 data, relocateable, symbols)
+					 data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
@@ -1395,11 +1395,11 @@ elf32_h8_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
 
   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
-  if (relocateable
+  if (relocatable
       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order, data,
-						       relocateable,
+						       relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-hppa.c b/bfd/elf32-hppa.c
index e448c43..ca3e8e1 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-hppa.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-hppa.c
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ elf32_hppa_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *sreloc;
   asection *stubreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
@@ -3593,7 +3593,7 @@ elf32_hppa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-i370.c b/bfd/elf32-i370.c
index 8b74baa..2eacb81 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-i370.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-i370.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* i370-specific support for 32-bit ELF
-   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
    Hacked by Linas Vepstas for i370 linas@linas.org
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ i370_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ i370_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
 
    This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
    necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
-   relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
+   relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
    necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ i370_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ i370_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ i370_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	   bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
 	   bfd_section_name(input_bfd, input_section),
 	   (long) input_section->reloc_count,
-	   (info->relocateable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
+	   (info->relocatable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
 #endif
 
   if (!i370_elf_howto_table[ R_I370_ADDR31 ])	/* Initialize howto table if needed */
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-i386.c b/bfd/elf32-i386.c
index 16ef09f..3c7bbd9 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-i386.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-i386.c
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
@@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@ elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
 
       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
 	  bfd_vma val;
 	  bfd_byte *where;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-i860.c b/bfd/elf32-i860.c
index 74112f1..cec42be 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-i860.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-i860.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Intel i860 specific support for 32-bit ELF.
-   Copyright 1993, 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1993, 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Full i860 support contributed by Jason Eckhardt <jle@cygnus.com>.
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ i860_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel, reloca
    zero.
 
    This function is responsible for adjusting the section contents as
-   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocateable
+   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable
    output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ i860_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel, reloca
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ elf32_i860_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-i960.c b/bfd/elf32-i960.c
index 4a1e931..6218e1a 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-i960.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-i960.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Intel 860 specific support for 32-bit ELF
-   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ elf32_i960_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
   cache_ptr->howto = &elf_howto_table[(int) type];
 }
 
-/* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocateable
+/* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocatable
    output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
    has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
    be against the same symbol.  In such a case, we don't want to
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ elf32_i960_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
    all be done at final link time.  Rather than put special case code
    into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
    function.  It just short circuits the reloc if producing
-   relocateable output against an external symbol.  */
+   relocatable output against an external symbol.  */
 
 bfd_reloc_status_type
 elf32_i960_relocate (abfd,
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c b/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c
index e10e941..4cb28bb 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ ip2k_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link,
      if this section does not have relocs, or if this is
      not a code section.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0
       || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ ip2k_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    zero.
 
    This function is responsible for adjusting the section contents as
-   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocateable
+   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable
    output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ ip2k_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ ip2k_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-iq2000.c b/bfd/elf32-iq2000.c
index ebdd303..e2a3b17 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-iq2000.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-iq2000.c
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ iq2000_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   bfd_boolean changed = FALSE;
   
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
   
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ iq2000_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
    zero.
 
    This function is responsible for adjusting the section contents as
-   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocateable
+   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable
    output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ iq2000_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-m32r.c b/bfd/elf32-m32r.c
index 3116ace..34773ce 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-m32r.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-m32r.c
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ m32r_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
      asection **secp;
      bfd_vma *valp;
 {
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && (*namep)[0] == '_' && (*namep)[1] == 'S'
       && strcmp (*namep, "_SDA_BASE_") == 0
       && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ m32r_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
    symbol value correctly.  We look up the symbol _SDA_BASE_ in the output
    BFD.  If we can't find it, we're stuck.  We cache it in the ELF
    target data.  We don't need to adjust the symbol value for an
-   external symbol if we are producing relocateable output.  */
+   external symbol if we are producing relocatable output.  */
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
 m32r_elf_final_sda_base (output_bfd, info, error_message, psb)
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ m32r_elf_final_sda_base (output_bfd, info, error_message, psb)
 
    This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
    necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
-   relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
+   relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
    necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ m32r_elf_final_sda_base (output_bfd, info, error_message, psb)
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ m32r_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
 
 #if !USE_REL
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 #endif
 
@@ -1031,9 +1031,9 @@ m32r_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 
 #if USE_REL
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	  /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
 	     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
 	     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
 	     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
@@ -1350,10 +1350,10 @@ m32r_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* Assume nothing changes.  */
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocateable link, if
+  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
      this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
      code section.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0
       || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
@@ -1744,12 +1744,12 @@ m32r_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, addr, count)
 
 static bfd_byte *
 m32r_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-					 data, relocateable, symbols)
+					 data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
@@ -1762,11 +1762,11 @@ m32r_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
 
   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
-  if (relocateable
+  if (relocatable
       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order, data,
-						       relocateable,
+						       relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ m32r_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-m68hc11.c b/bfd/elf32-m68hc11.c
index 1b95105..0383907 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-m68hc11.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-m68hc11.c
@@ -687,10 +687,10 @@ m68hc11_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* Assume nothing changes.  */
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocateable link, if
+  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
      this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
      code section.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0
       || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-m68hc1x.c b/bfd/elf32-m68hc1x.c
index 176a256..a3def11 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-m68hc1x.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-m68hc1x.c
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ elf32_m68hc11_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *     rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *     rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -1152,9 +1152,9 @@ elf32_m68hc11_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
           || r_type == R_M68HC11_GNU_VTINHERIT )
         continue;
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	  /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
 	     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
 	     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
 	     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-m68k.c b/bfd/elf32-m68k.c
index 1cf23d6..1320429 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-m68k.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-m68k.c
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ elf_m68k_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *srelgot;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ elf_m68k_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
@@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   bfd_byte *p;
   bfd_size_type amt;
 
-  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocateable);
+  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
 
   *errmsg = NULL;
 
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-mcore.c b/bfd/elf32-mcore.c
index 927418e..e88f01d 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-mcore.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-mcore.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Motorola MCore specific support for 32-bit ELF
-   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ mcore_elf_unsupported_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
 
    This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
    necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
-   relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
+   relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
    necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ mcore_elf_unsupported_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -411,10 +411,10 @@ mcore_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	   bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
 	   bfd_section_name(input_bfd, input_section),
 	   (long) input_section->reloc_count,
-	   (info->relocateable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
+	   (info->relocatable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
 #endif
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   if (! mcore_elf_howto_table [R_MCORE_PCRELIMM8BY4])	/* Initialize howto table if needed */
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ mcore_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-mips.c b/bfd/elf32-mips.c
index 67688c9..47002d5 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-mips.c
@@ -803,21 +803,21 @@ mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
 
   if (strcmp (bfd_asymbol_name (symbol), "_gp_disp") == 0)
     {
-      bfd_boolean relocateable;
+      bfd_boolean relocatable;
       bfd_vma gp;
 
       if (ret == bfd_reloc_undefined)
 	abort ();
 
       if (output_bfd != NULL)
-	relocateable = TRUE;
+	relocatable = TRUE;
       else
 	{
-	  relocateable = FALSE;
+	  relocatable = FALSE;
 	  output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
 	}
 
-      ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable,
+      ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable,
 			       error_message, &gp);
       if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
 	return ret;
@@ -1053,18 +1053,18 @@ mips_elf_assign_gp (output_bfd, pgp)
    symbol value correctly.  We look up the symbol _gp in the output
    BFD.  If we can't find it, we're stuck.  We cache it in the ELF
    target data.  We don't need to adjust the symbol value for an
-   external symbol if we are producing relocateable output.  */
+   external symbol if we are producing relocatable output.  */
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
-mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message, pgp)
+mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message, pgp)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      asymbol *symbol;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      char **error_message;
      bfd_vma *pgp;
 {
   if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section)
-      && ! relocateable)
+      && ! relocatable)
     {
       *pgp = 0;
       return bfd_reloc_undefined;
@@ -1072,10 +1072,10 @@ mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message, pgp)
 
   *pgp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
   if (*pgp == 0
-      && (! relocateable
+      && (! relocatable
 	  || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0))
     {
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
 	  /* Make up a value.  */
 	  *pgp = symbol->section->output_section->vma + 0x4000;
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
 
@@ -1124,20 +1124,20 @@ _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
     }
 
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			   &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
 
   return _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry,
-					input_section, relocateable,
+					input_section, relocatable,
 					data, gp);
 }
 
@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ mips_elf_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
 
@@ -1171,30 +1171,30 @@ mips_elf_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
     }
 
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable,
+  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable,
 			   error_message, &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
 
   return gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
-			  relocateable, data, gp);
+			  relocatable, data, gp);
 }
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
-gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, relocateable, data,
+gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, relocatable, data,
 		 gp)
      bfd *abfd;
      asymbol *symbol;
      arelent *reloc_entry;
      asection *input_section;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      PTR data;
      bfd_vma gp;
 {
@@ -1219,9 +1219,9 @@ gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, relocateable, data,
     val += bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, relocateable, data,
   else
     reloc_entry->addend = val;
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
 
   return bfd_reloc_ok;
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
   unsigned short extend = 0;
@@ -1350,14 +1350,14 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
     }
 
   if (output_bfd != NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			   &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
@@ -1387,9 +1387,9 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend(val, 16);
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
@@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   else
     reloc_entry->addend = val;
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
   else if (((val & ~0xffff) != ~0xffff) && ((val & ~0xffff) != 0))
     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
@@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ bfd_mips_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   bfd_byte *p;
 
-  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocateable);
+  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
 
   *errmsg = NULL;
 
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-msp430.c b/bfd/elf32-msp430.c
index 694a30f..23f5069 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-msp430.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-msp430.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*  MSP430-specific support for 32-bit ELF
-    Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+    Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     Contributed by Dmitry Diky <diwil@mail.ru>
 
     This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ elf32_msp430_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-openrisc.c b/bfd/elf32-openrisc.c
index 8e8d0bc..a9b6d1d 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-openrisc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-openrisc.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* OpenRISC-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
-   Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Johan Rydberg, jrydberg@opencores.org
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ openrisc_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    zero.
 
    This function is responsible for adjusting the section contents as
-   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocateable
+   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable
    output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ openrisc_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel,
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ openrisc_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ openrisc_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-ppc.c b/bfd/elf32-ppc.c
index a7ccfed..884415e 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-ppc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-ppc.c
@@ -3085,7 +3085,7 @@ ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
@@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   asection *sec;
   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
 
-  if (info->relocateable || info->shared)
+  if (info->relocatable || info->shared)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
@@ -3911,7 +3911,7 @@ ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
 			 bfd_vma *valp)
 {
   if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
-      && !info->relocateable
+      && !info->relocatable
       && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)
       && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
     {
@@ -4148,7 +4148,7 @@ ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
 
    This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
    necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
-   relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
+   relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
    necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -4162,7 +4162,7 @@ ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -4195,10 +4195,10 @@ ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
 	   bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
 	   bfd_section_name(input_bfd, input_section),
 	   (long) input_section->reloc_count,
-	   (info->relocateable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
+	   (info->relocatable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
 #endif
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-s390.c b/bfd/elf32-s390.c
index 97be1db..50d430d 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-s390.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-s390.c
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ elf_s390_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   int tls_type, old_tls_type;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf_s390_hash_table (info);
@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ elf_s390_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf_s390_hash_table (info);
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-sh.c b/bfd/elf32-sh.c
index 2042c34..af8dd67 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-sh.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-sh.c
@@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@ sh_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
 
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
     return TRUE;
@@ -4650,9 +4650,9 @@ sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	     (info,
 	      _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
 	      input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    {
-	      /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
 		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
 		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
 		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
@@ -4721,8 +4721,8 @@ sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	{
 	  /* Section symbol are never (?) placed in the hash table, so
 	     we can just ignore hash relocations when creating a
-	     relocateable object file.  */
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	     relocatable object file.  */
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    continue;
 
 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
@@ -5718,12 +5718,12 @@ sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
 static bfd_byte *
 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-				       data, relocateable, symbols)
+				       data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
@@ -5735,11 +5735,11 @@ sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
 
   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
-  if (relocateable
+  if (relocatable
       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order, data,
-						       relocateable,
+						       relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -6211,7 +6211,7 @@ sh_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   srelgot = NULL;
   sreloc = NULL;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-sh64.c b/bfd/elf32-sh64.c
index 1a2acc1..4728842 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-sh64.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-sh64.c
@@ -403,11 +403,11 @@ sh64_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
     {
       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
 
-      /* For relocateable links, we register the DataLabel sym in its own
+      /* For relocatable links, we register the DataLabel sym in its own
 	 right, and tweak the name when it's output.  Otherwise, we make
 	 an indirect symbol of it.  */
       flagword flags
-	= info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations
+	= info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations
 	? BSF_GLOBAL : BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_INDIRECT;
 
       char *dl_name
@@ -451,9 +451,9 @@ sh64_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
 	free (dl_name);
 
       if (h->type != STT_DATALABEL
-	  || ((info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations)
+	  || ((info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations)
 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
-	  || (! info->relocateable && !info->emitrelocations
+	  || (! info->relocatable && !info->emitrelocations
 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect))
 	{
 	  /* Make sure we don't get confused on invalid input.  */
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ sh64_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd, info, cname, sym, input_sec)
 {
   char *name = (char *) cname;
 
-  if (info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations)
+  if (info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations)
     {
       if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_DATALABEL)
 	name[strlen (name) - strlen (DATALABEL_SUFFIX)] = 0;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-sparc.c b/bfd/elf32-sparc.c
index 5f1bec5..83d4c47 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-sparc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-sparc.c
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ elf32_sparc_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *sreloc;
   bfd_boolean checked_tlsgd = FALSE;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf32_sparc_hash_table (info);
@@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ elf32_sparc_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf32_sparc_hash_table (info);
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-v850.c b/bfd/elf32-v850.c
index 99c0077..e41d0c0 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-v850.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-v850.c
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ v850_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   int other = 0;
   const char *common = (const char *)0;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ v850_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@ v850_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
 
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
     return TRUE;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-vax.c b/bfd/elf32-vax.c
index 1aca042..3ad9747 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-vax.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-vax.c
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ elf_vax_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *srelgot;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ elf_vax_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-xstormy16.c b/bfd/elf32-xstormy16.c
index c05c186..af9a048 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-xstormy16.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-xstormy16.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* XSTORMY16-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
-   Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ xstormy16_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *splt;
   bfd *dynobj;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ xstormy16_elf_relax_section (dynobj, splt, info, again)
   /* Assume nothing changes.  */
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* We only relax the .plt section at the moment.  */
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ xstormy16_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
   bfd *dynobj;
   asection *splt;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ xstormy16_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
    zero.
 
    This function is responsible for adjusting the section contents as
-   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocateable
+   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable
    output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ xstormy16_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ xstormy16_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   bfd *dynobj;
   asection *splt;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c b/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c
index b277540..1f8d86d 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static char *build_encoding_error_message
   PARAMS ((xtensa_opcode, xtensa_encode_result));
 static bfd_reloc_status_type bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
   PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
-static void do_fix_for_relocateable_link
+static void do_fix_for_relocatable_link
   PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, asection *));
 static void do_fix_for_final_link
   PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection *, bfd_vma *));
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ elf_xtensa_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   property_table_entry *lit_table;
   int ltblsize;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   asection *reloc_target_output_section;
   bfd_boolean is_weak_undef;
 
-  /* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocateable
+  /* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocatable
      output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, the resulting
      reloc will also be against the same symbol.  In such a case, we
      don't want to change anything about the way the reloc is handled,
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (info, h)
 
 
 /* Relocate an Xtensa ELF section.  This is invoked by the linker for
-   both relocateable and final links.  */
+   both relocatable and final links.  */
 
 static bfd_boolean
 elf_xtensa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
@@ -1909,9 +1909,9 @@ elf_xtensa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 
       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* This is a relocateable link. 
+	  /* This is a relocatable link. 
 	     1) If the reloc is against a section symbol, adjust
 	     according to the output section.
 	     2) If there is a new target for this relocation,
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ elf_xtensa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 	  if (relaxing_section)
 	    {
 	      /* Check if this references a section in another input file.  */
-	      do_fix_for_relocateable_link (rel, input_bfd, input_section);
+	      do_fix_for_relocatable_link (rel, input_bfd, input_section);
 	      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
 	    }
 
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ elf_xtensa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 	      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
 	    }
 
-	  /* This is a relocateable link, so we don't have to change
+	  /* This is a relocatable link, so we don't have to change
 	     anything unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
 	     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
 	     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ elf_xtensa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 
 	  /* If there is an addend with a partial_inplace howto,
 	     then move the addend to the contents.  This is a hack
-	     to work around problems with DWARF in relocateable links
+	     to work around problems with DWARF in relocatable links
 	     with some previous version of BFD.  Now we can't easily get
 	     rid of the hack without breaking backward compatibility.... */
 	  if (rel->r_addend)
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ elf_xtensa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 		}
 	    }
 
-	  /* Done with work for relocateable link; continue with next reloc.  */
+	  /* Done with work for relocatable link; continue with next reloc.  */
 	  continue;
 	}
 
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
     }
 
   /* Combine adjacent literal table entries.  */
-  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocateable);
+  BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
   num_xtlit_entries = elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries (output_bfd, ".xt.lit");
   if (num_xtlit_entries < 0)
     return FALSE;
@@ -4431,10 +4431,10 @@ is_resolvable_asm_expansion (abfd, sec, contents, irel, link_info,
   if (!target_sec->output_section)
     return FALSE;
       
-  /* For relocateable sections, we can only simplify when the output
+  /* For relocatable sections, we can only simplify when the output
      section of the target is the same as the output section of the
      source.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       && (target_sec->output_section != sec->output_section))
     return FALSE;
 
@@ -5345,7 +5345,7 @@ relax_section_symbols (abfd, sec)
 /* "Fix" handling functions, called while performing relocations.  */
 
 static void
-do_fix_for_relocateable_link (rel, input_bfd, input_section)
+do_fix_for_relocatable_link (rel, input_bfd, input_section)
      Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
      bfd *input_bfd;
      asection *input_section;
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-alpha.c b/bfd/elf64-alpha.c
index 58ab6ba..767d89c 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-alpha.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-alpha.c
@@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ elf64_alpha_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass.  */
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
     return TRUE;
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ elf64_alpha_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
      bfd_vma *valp;
 {
   if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
-      && !info->relocateable
+      && !info->relocatable
       && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
     {
       /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are
@@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@ elf64_alpha_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   bfd_boolean got_created;
   bfd_size_type amt;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj;
@@ -3863,7 +3863,7 @@ elf64_alpha_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
 {
   bfd *i;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* First, take care of the indirect symbols created by versioning.  */
@@ -4330,7 +4330,7 @@ elf64_alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   const char *section_name;
 
   /* Handle relocatable links with a smaller loop.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return elf64_alpha_relocate_section_r (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 					   input_section, contents, relocs,
 					   local_syms, local_sections);
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-hppa.c b/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
index 8ce5b20..4c88a54 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ elf64_hppa_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   size_t buf_len;
   int sec_symndx;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* If this is the first dynamic object found in the link, create
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-mips.c b/bfd/elf64-mips.c
index baf030a..bec1aca 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-mips.c
@@ -1556,18 +1556,18 @@ mips_elf64_assign_gp (output_bfd, pgp)
    symbol value correctly.  We look up the symbol _gp in the output
    BFD.  If we can't find it, we're stuck.  We cache it in the ELF
    target data.  We don't need to adjust the symbol value for an
-   external symbol if we are producing relocateable output.  */
+   external symbol if we are producing relocatable output.  */
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
-mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message, pgp)
+mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message, pgp)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      asymbol *symbol;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      char **error_message;
      bfd_vma *pgp;
 {
   if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section)
-      && ! relocateable)
+      && ! relocatable)
     {
       *pgp = 0;
       return bfd_reloc_undefined;
@@ -1575,10 +1575,10 @@ mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message, pgp)
 
   *pgp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
   if (*pgp == 0
-      && (! relocateable
+      && (! relocatable
 	  || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0))
     {
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
 	  /* Make up a value.  */
 	  *pgp = symbol->section->output_section->vma /*+ 0x4000*/;
@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ mips_elf64_gprel16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
 
@@ -1624,20 +1624,20 @@ mips_elf64_gprel16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
     }
 
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			     &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
 
   return _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry,
-					input_section, relocateable,
+					input_section, relocatable,
 					data, gp);
 }
 
@@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ mips_elf64_literal_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
 
@@ -1670,20 +1670,20 @@ mips_elf64_literal_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
 
   /* FIXME: The entries in the .lit8 and .lit4 sections should be merged.  */
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			     &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
 
   return _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry,
-					input_section, relocateable,
+					input_section, relocatable,
 					data, gp);
 }
 
@@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ mips_elf64_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
   bfd_vma relocation;
@@ -1719,14 +1719,14 @@ mips_elf64_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
     }
 
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-    ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable,
+    ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable,
 			       error_message, &gp);
     if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
       return ret;
@@ -1749,9 +1749,9 @@ mips_elf64_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
     val += bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ mips_elf64_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   else
     reloc_entry->addend = val;
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
 
   return bfd_reloc_ok;
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
   unsigned short extend = 0;
@@ -1867,14 +1867,14 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
     }
 
   if (output_bfd != NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf64_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			     &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
@@ -1904,9 +1904,9 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend(val, 16);
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
@@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   else
     reloc_entry->addend = val;
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
   else if (((val & ~0xffff) != ~0xffff) && ((val & ~0xffff) != 0))
     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-mmix.c b/bfd/elf64-mmix.c
index d0213e6..54c4ca8 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-mmix.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-mmix.c
@@ -1229,9 +1229,9 @@ mmix_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
       r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	  /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
              anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
              in which case we have to adjust according to where the
              section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ mmix_elf_check_common_relocs  (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* We currently have to abuse this COFF-specific member, since there's
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ mmix_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -2352,10 +2352,10 @@ mmix_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   if (sec->_cooked_size == 0)
     sec->_cooked_size = sec->_raw_size;
 
-  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocateable link, if
+  /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
      this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
      code section.  */
-  if (link_info->relocateable
+  if (link_info->relocatable
       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
       || sec->reloc_count == 0
       || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
index 68879de..bc331c8 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
@@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@ ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   asection *sreloc;
   asection **opd_sym_map;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
@@ -5057,7 +5057,7 @@ ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   asection *sec;
   struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
 
-  if (info->relocateable || info->shared)
+  if (info->relocatable || info->shared)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
@@ -7060,7 +7060,7 @@ ppc64_elf_build_stubs (bfd_boolean emit_stub_syms,
 
    This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
    necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
-   relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
+   relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
    necessary.
 
    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
@@ -7074,7 +7074,7 @@ ppc64_elf_build_stubs (bfd_boolean emit_stub_syms,
    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-   When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
@@ -7104,7 +7104,7 @@ ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   /* Disabled until we sort out how ld should choose 'y' vs 'at'.  */
   bfd_boolean is_power4 = FALSE;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* Initialize howto table if needed.  */
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-s390.c b/bfd/elf64-s390.c
index b5d724a..21501de 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-s390.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-s390.c
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ elf_s390_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   int tls_type, old_tls_type;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf_s390_hash_table (info);
@@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ elf_s390_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf_s390_hash_table (info);
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-sh64.c b/bfd/elf64-sh64.c
index fe3195c..95bbbd2 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-sh64.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-sh64.c
@@ -1585,9 +1585,9 @@ sh_elf64_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	      _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
 	      input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
 
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    {
-	      /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
 		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
 		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
 		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
@@ -1631,8 +1631,8 @@ sh_elf64_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	{
 	  /* Section symbols are never (?) placed in the hash table, so
 	     we can just ignore hash relocations when creating a
-	     relocateable object file.  */
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	     relocatable object file.  */
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    continue;
 
 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
@@ -2178,12 +2178,12 @@ sh_elf64_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 
 static bfd_byte *
 sh_elf64_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
-					 data, relocateable, symbols)
+					 data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
@@ -2195,11 +2195,11 @@ sh_elf64_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
 
   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
-  if (relocateable
+  if (relocatable
       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
 						       link_order, data,
-						       relocateable,
+						       relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ sh_elf64_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   srelgot = NULL;
   sreloc = NULL;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -2932,11 +2932,11 @@ sh64_elf64_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
     {
       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
 
-      /* For relocateable links, we register the DataLabel sym in its own
+      /* For relocatable links, we register the DataLabel sym in its own
 	 right, and tweak the name when it's output.  Otherwise, we make
 	 an indirect symbol of it.  */
       flagword flags
-	= info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations
+	= info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations
 	? BSF_GLOBAL : BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_INDIRECT;
 
       char *dl_name
@@ -2980,9 +2980,9 @@ sh64_elf64_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
 	free (dl_name);
 
       if (h->type != STT_DATALABEL
-	  || ((info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations)
+	  || ((info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations)
 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
-	  || (! info->relocateable && !info->emitrelocations
+	  || (! info->relocatable && !info->emitrelocations
 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect))
 	{
 	  /* Make sure we don't get confused on invalid input.  */
@@ -3027,7 +3027,7 @@ sh64_elf64_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd, info, cname, sym, input_sec)
 {
   char *name = (char *) cname;
 
-  if (info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations)
+  if (info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations)
     {
       if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_DATALABEL)
 	name[strlen (name) - strlen (DATALABEL_SUFFIX)] = 0;
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-sparc.c b/bfd/elf64-sparc.c
index 080c4e7..dbaa954 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-sparc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-sparc.c
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ sparc64_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *srelgot;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable || !(sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC))
+  if (info->relocatable || !(sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC))
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ sparc64_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c b/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c
index b39cdcd..76af7df 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ elf64_x86_64_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   asection *sreloc;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf64_x86_64_hash_table (info);
@@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ elf64_x86_64_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   htab = elf64_x86_64_hash_table (info);
diff --git a/bfd/elfcode.h b/bfd/elfcode.h
index 0263631..6686ab9 100644
--- a/bfd/elfcode.h
+++ b/bfd/elfcode.h
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, symptrs, dynamic)
 	  else
 	    sym->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
 
-	  /* If this is a relocateable file, then the symbol value is
+	  /* If this is a relocatable file, then the symbol value is
              already section relative.  */
 	  if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0)
 	    sym->symbol.value -= sym->symbol.section->vma;
diff --git a/bfd/elflink.h b/bfd/elflink.h
index 7568946..f4a65bf 100644
--- a/bfd/elflink.h
+++ b/bfd/elflink.h
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
       /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object.  Also, there's no
 	 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
 	 the format of the output file.  */
-      if (info->relocateable || info->hash->creator != abfd->xvec)
+      if (info->relocatable || info->hash->creator != abfd->xvec)
 	{
 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
 	  goto error_return;
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
 		      FALSE, collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) NULL)))
 		goto error_return;
 
-	      if (! info->relocateable)
+	      if (! info->relocatable)
 		{
 		  /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
 		     not get copied into the output file.  */
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
 	}
     }
 
-  if (! info->relocateable && ! dynamic
+  if (! info->relocatable && ! dynamic
       && is_elf_hash_table (info))
     {
       asection *s;
@@ -1968,7 +1968,7 @@ NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, soname, rpath,
       if (notesec)
 	{
 	  elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | exec;
-	  if (exec && info->relocateable
+	  if (exec && info->relocatable
 	      && notesec->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
 	    notesec->output_section->flags |= SEC_CODE;
 	}
@@ -2909,7 +2909,7 @@ struct elf_outext_info
   struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
 };
 
-/* When performing a relocateable link, the input relocations are
+/* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
    preserved.  But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
    referenced must be updated.  Update all the relocations in
    REL_HDR (there are COUNT of them), using the data in REL_HASH.  */
@@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
   dynamic = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
 
-  emit_relocs = (info->relocateable
+  emit_relocs = (info->relocatable
 		 || info->emitrelocations
 		 || bed->elf_backend_emit_relocs);
 
@@ -3271,7 +3271,7 @@ elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
 		merged = TRUE;
 
-	      if (info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations)
+	      if (info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations)
 		reloc_count = sec->reloc_count;
 	      else if (bed->elf_backend_count_relocs)
 		{
@@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
 	o->vma = 0;
     }
 
-  if (! info->relocateable && merged)
+  if (! info->relocatable && merged)
     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
 			    _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms, (PTR) abfd);
 
@@ -3524,7 +3524,7 @@ elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
 	  if (o != NULL)
 	    o->target_index = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
 	  elfsym.st_shndx = i;
-	  if (info->relocateable || o == NULL)
+	  if (info->relocatable || o == NULL)
 	    elfsym.st_value = 0;
 	  else
 	    elfsym.st_value = o->vma;
@@ -3635,13 +3635,13 @@ elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
      Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
      symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
      indices precede the global symbol indices.  This means that when
-     we are generating relocateable output, and we see a reloc against
+     we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
      a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
      finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
      going to output.  To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
      memory, and don't output them until the end of the link.  This is
      an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
-     it.  Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocateable
+     it.  Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
      link, which is not the common case.  FIXME: If keep_memory is set
      we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
      know how bad the memory loss will be.  */
@@ -4081,7 +4081,7 @@ elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
 	}
     }
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       bfd_boolean failed = FALSE;
 
@@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ elf_link_output_extsym (h, data)
      program is run.  We don't have to worry about symbols that are
      referenced by regular files, because we will already have issued
      warnings for them.  */
-  if (! finfo->info->relocateable
+  if (! finfo->info->relocatable
       && (finfo->info->executable
 	  || ! finfo->info->allow_shlib_undefined)
       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
@@ -4472,7 +4472,7 @@ elf_link_output_extsym (h, data)
 
   /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
      shared libraries.  */
-  if (! finfo->info->relocateable
+  if (! finfo->info->relocatable
       && (! finfo->info->shared || ! finfo->info->allow_shlib_undefined)
       && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
 	  & (ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
@@ -4570,11 +4570,11 @@ elf_link_output_extsym (h, data)
 		return FALSE;
 	      }
 
-	    /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative,
-	       but in nonrelocateable files they are virtual
+	    /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
+	       but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
 	       addresses.  */
 	    sym.st_value = h->root.u.def.value + input_sec->output_offset;
-	    if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+	    if (! finfo->info->relocatable)
 	      {
 		sym.st_value += input_sec->output_section->vma;
 		if (h->type == STT_TLS)
@@ -4657,7 +4657,7 @@ elf_link_output_extsym (h, data)
 
   /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
      locally, it is a fatal error.  */
-  if (! finfo->info->relocateable
+  if (! finfo->info->relocatable
       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym.st_other) != STV_DEFAULT
       && ELF_ST_BIND (sym.st_info) != STB_WEAK
       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
@@ -4787,7 +4787,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
   if ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
     return TRUE;
 
-  emit_relocs = (finfo->info->relocateable
+  emit_relocs = (finfo->info->relocatable
 		 || finfo->info->emitrelocations
 		 || bed->elf_backend_emit_relocs);
 
@@ -4882,7 +4882,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 	continue;
 
       /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
-	 output this one.  If we are generating a relocateable output
+	 output this one.  If we are generating a relocatable output
 	 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
 	 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
 	 needed.  */
@@ -4897,7 +4897,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
       if ((isym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE || isym->st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
 	  && isec != NULL
 	  && ((! isec->linker_mark && (isec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
-	      || (! finfo->info->relocateable
+	      || (! finfo->info->relocatable
 		  && (isec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)))
 	continue;
 
@@ -4912,7 +4912,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 	   && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, FALSE, FALSE)
 	       == NULL))
 	  || (((finfo->info->discard == discard_sec_merge
-		&& (isec->flags & SEC_MERGE) && ! finfo->info->relocateable)
+		&& (isec->flags & SEC_MERGE) && ! finfo->info->relocatable)
 	       || finfo->info->discard == discard_l)
 	      && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd, name)))
 	continue;
@@ -4929,7 +4929,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 
       *pindex = bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd);
 
-      /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, but
+      /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
 	 in executable files they are virtual addresses.  Note that
 	 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
 	 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
@@ -4937,7 +4937,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 	 output_section.  Any special sections must be set up to meet
 	 these requirements.  */
       osym.st_value += isec->output_offset;
-      if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+      if (! finfo->info->relocatable)
 	{
 	  osym.st_value += isec->output_section->vma;
 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym.st_info) == STT_TLS)
@@ -5108,7 +5108,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 
 	     The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
 	     section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
-	     and generating a relocateable output file) adjusting the
+	     and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
 	     reloc addend as necessary.
 
 	     The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
@@ -5118,7 +5118,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 	     internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
 	     for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
 
-	     When generating relocateable output, the back end routine
+	     When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
 	     must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The
 	     output symbol is going to be a section symbol
 	     corresponding to the output section, which will require
@@ -5157,7 +5157,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 			  + elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_count
 			  + elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_count2);
 	      last_offset = o->output_offset;
-	      if (!finfo->info->relocateable)
+	      if (!finfo->info->relocatable)
 		last_offset += o->output_section->vma;
 	      for (next_erel = 0; irela < irelaend; irela++, next_erel++)
 		{
@@ -5190,7 +5190,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 		  irela->r_offset += o->output_offset;
 
 		  /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses.  */
-		  if (!finfo->info->relocateable)
+		  if (!finfo->info->relocatable)
 		    irela->r_offset += o->output_section->vma;
 
 		  last_offset = irela->r_offset;
@@ -5294,7 +5294,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 			    return FALSE;
 
 			  sym.st_value += sec->output_offset;
-			  if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+			  if (! finfo->info->relocatable)
 			    {
 			      sym.st_value += osec->vma;
 			      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_TLS)
@@ -5322,7 +5322,7 @@ elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 
 	      /* Swap out the relocs.  */
 	      if (bed->elf_backend_emit_relocs
-		  && !(finfo->info->relocateable
+		  && !(finfo->info->relocatable
 		       || finfo->info->emitrelocations))
 		reloc_emitter = bed->elf_backend_emit_relocs;
 	      else
@@ -5522,10 +5522,10 @@ elf_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order)
     }
 
   /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
-     relocateable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
+     relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
      file.  */
   offset = link_order->offset;
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     offset += output_section->vma;
 
   for (i = 0; i < bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; i++)
@@ -6189,7 +6189,7 @@ elf_gc_sections (abfd, info)
 	     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
 
   if (!get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_gc_sections
-      || info->relocateable || info->emitrelocations
+      || info->relocatable || info->emitrelocations
       || elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
     return TRUE;
 
@@ -6599,7 +6599,7 @@ elf_bfd_discard_info (output_bfd, info)
 	continue;
 
       eh = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".eh_frame");
-      if (info->relocateable
+      if (info->relocatable
 	  || (eh != NULL
 	      && (eh->_raw_size == 0
 		  || bfd_is_abs_section (eh->output_section))))
@@ -6705,7 +6705,7 @@ elf_bfd_discard_info (output_bfd, info)
     }
 
   if (info->eh_frame_hdr
-      && !info->relocateable
+      && !info->relocatable
       && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd, info))
     ret = TRUE;
 
diff --git a/bfd/elfn32-mips.c b/bfd/elfn32-mips.c
index 1741e35..60c6ad0 100644
--- a/bfd/elfn32-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/elfn32-mips.c
@@ -1520,18 +1520,18 @@ mips_elf_assign_gp (output_bfd, pgp)
    symbol value correctly.  We look up the symbol _gp in the output
    BFD.  If we can't find it, we're stuck.  We cache it in the ELF
    target data.  We don't need to adjust the symbol value for an
-   external symbol if we are producing relocateable output.  */
+   external symbol if we are producing relocatable output.  */
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
-mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message, pgp)
+mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message, pgp)
      bfd *output_bfd;
      asymbol *symbol;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      char **error_message;
      bfd_vma *pgp;
 {
   if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section)
-      && ! relocateable)
+      && ! relocatable)
     {
       *pgp = 0;
       return bfd_reloc_undefined;
@@ -1539,10 +1539,10 @@ mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message, pgp)
 
   *pgp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
   if (*pgp == 0
-      && (! relocateable
+      && (! relocatable
 	  || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0))
     {
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
 	  /* Make up a value.  */
 	  *pgp = symbol->section->output_section->vma /*+ 0x4000*/;
@@ -1573,27 +1573,27 @@ mips_elf_gprel16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
 
   GET_RELOC_ADDEND (output_bfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section)
 
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			   &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
 
   return _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry,
-					input_section, relocateable,
+					input_section, relocatable,
 					data, gp);
 }
 
@@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ mips_elf_literal_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
 
@@ -1618,20 +1618,20 @@ mips_elf_literal_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
 
   /* FIXME: The entries in the .lit8 and .lit4 sections should be merged.  */
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			   &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
 
   return _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry,
-					input_section, relocateable,
+					input_section, relocatable,
 					data, gp);
 }
 
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ mips_elf_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
 
@@ -1667,32 +1667,32 @@ mips_elf_gprel32_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
 
   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
     {
-      relocateable = TRUE;
+      relocatable = TRUE;
       gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
     }
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
 
-      ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable,
+      ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable,
 			       error_message, &gp);
       if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
 	return ret;
     }
 
   return gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
-			  relocateable, data, gp);
+			  relocatable, data, gp);
 }
 
 static bfd_reloc_status_type
-gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, relocateable, data,
+gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, relocatable, data,
 		 gp)
      bfd *abfd;
      asymbol *symbol;
      arelent *reloc_entry;
      asection *input_section;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      PTR data;
      bfd_vma gp;
 {
@@ -1719,15 +1719,15 @@ gprel32_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, relocateable, data,
   val += reloc_entry->addend;
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
   bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) val, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
 
   return bfd_reloc_ok;
@@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
      bfd *output_bfd;
      char **error_message;
 {
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
   bfd_vma gp;
   unsigned short extend = 0;
@@ -1811,14 +1811,14 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   GET_RELOC_ADDEND (output_bfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section)
 
   if (output_bfd != NULL)
-    relocateable = TRUE;
+    relocatable = TRUE;
   else
     {
-      relocateable = FALSE;
+      relocatable = FALSE;
       output_bfd = symbol->section->output_section->owner;
     }
 
-  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocateable, error_message,
+  ret = mips_elf_final_gp (output_bfd, symbol, relocatable, error_message,
 			   &gp);
   if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
     return ret;
@@ -1848,9 +1848,9 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend(val, 16);
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ mips16_gprel_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
   else
     reloc_entry->addend = val;
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
   else if (((val & ~0xffff) != ~0xffff) && ((val & ~0xffff) != 0))
     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
diff --git a/bfd/elfxx-ia64.c b/bfd/elfxx-ia64.c
index 5e8dadf..2098f6f 100644
--- a/bfd/elfxx-ia64.c
+++ b/bfd/elfxx-ia64.c
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ elfNN_ia64_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
      bfd_vma *valp;
 {
   if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
-      && !info->relocateable
+      && !info->relocatable
       && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
     {
       /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ elfNN_ia64_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   asection *got, *fptr, *srel;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
@@ -3779,7 +3779,7 @@ elfNN_ia64_final_link (abfd, info)
   ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
 
   /* Make sure we've got ourselves a nice fat __gp value.  */
-  if (!info->relocateable)
+  if (!info->relocatable)
     {
       bfd_vma gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
       struct elf_link_hash_entry *gp;
@@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ elfNN_ia64_final_link (abfd, info)
      of the .IA_64.unwind section.  Force this section to be relocated
      into memory rather than written immediately to the output file.  */
   unwind_output_sec = NULL;
-  if (!info->relocateable)
+  if (!info->relocatable)
     {
       asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind);
       if (s)
@@ -3863,7 +3863,7 @@ elfNN_ia64_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
 
   /* Infect various flags from the input section to the output section.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       bfd_vma flags;
 
diff --git a/bfd/elfxx-mips.c b/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
index dbbfb31..3e85fc3 100644
--- a/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
@@ -1080,12 +1080,12 @@ mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h, data)
 
 bfd_reloc_status_type
 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
-			       relocateable, data, gp)
+			       relocatable, data, gp)
      bfd *abfd;
      asymbol *symbol;
      arelent *reloc_entry;
      asection *input_section;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      PTR data;
      bfd_vma gp;
 {
@@ -1116,9 +1116,9 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
   _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend(val, 16);
 
   /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
-     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
      an external symbol.  */
-  if (! relocateable
+  if (! relocatable
       || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
     val += relocation - gp;
 
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
   else
     reloc_entry->addend = val;
 
-  if (relocateable)
+  if (relocatable)
     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
   else if (((val & ~0xffff) != ~0xffff) && ((val & ~0xffff) != 0))
     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
@@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info,
   /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
      need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
      a stub.  */
-  if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
+  if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
       && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
 	  || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
 	      && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
@@ -3172,7 +3172,7 @@ mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info,
     }
   /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
      need to redirect the call to the stub.  */
-  else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
+  else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
 	   && h != NULL
 	   && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
 	   && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
@@ -3208,7 +3208,7 @@ mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info,
 
   /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
      special jalx instruction.  */
-  *require_jalxp = (!info->relocateable
+  *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
                     && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
                         || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
 
@@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, relocation, value, input_bfd,
 	 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011.  X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
 	 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
 
-	 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
+	 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
 	 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26.  In particular, the addend is
 	 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
 	 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
@@ -3688,13 +3688,13 @@ mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, relocation, value, input_bfd,
 	 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
 	 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
 
-	 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
+	 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
 	 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
 	 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
 	 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
 	 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)  */
 
-      if (!info->relocateable)
+      if (!info->relocatable)
 	/* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above.  */
 	value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
 		 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
@@ -5061,7 +5061,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   asection *sreloc;
   struct elf_backend_data *bed;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
@@ -5557,7 +5557,7 @@ _bfd_mips_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
   /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass.  */
   *again = FALSE;
 
-  if (link_info->relocateable)
+  if (link_info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, (PTR) NULL,
@@ -5748,7 +5748,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
      any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
      file.  */
   hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
       && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
 	  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
@@ -5846,7 +5846,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
     bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri,
 			  (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
 
-  if (! (info->relocateable
+  if (! (info->relocatable
 	 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
     mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
 				 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs,
@@ -6384,7 +6384,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	    addend = rel->r_addend;
 	}
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
 	  unsigned long r_symndx;
@@ -6398,7 +6398,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
 	     they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
 	     to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
 	     relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
-	     that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object.  */
+	     that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object.  */
 
 	  if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
 					     FALSE))
@@ -8129,12 +8129,12 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
 
 bfd_byte *
 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
-					      data, relocateable, symbols)
+					      data, relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *abfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
@@ -8242,7 +8242,7 @@ _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 	    {
 	      /* bypass special_function call */
 	      r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
-						 input_section, relocateable,
+						 input_section, relocatable,
 						 (PTR) data, gp);
 	      goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
 	    }
@@ -8252,11 +8252,11 @@ _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
 				      *parent,
 				      (PTR) data,
 				      input_section,
-				      relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
+				      relocatable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
 				      &error_message);
 	skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
 
-	  if (relocateable)
+	  if (relocatable)
 	    {
 	      asection *os = input_section->output_section;
 
@@ -8463,7 +8463,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd, info)
 	elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
 			 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
 			 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
-      else if (info->relocateable)
+      else if (info->relocatable)
 	{
 	  bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
 
@@ -8784,7 +8784,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd, info)
 	     information describing how the small data area would
 	     change depending upon the -G switch.  These sections
 	     not used in executables files.  */
-	  if (! info->relocateable)
+	  if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      for (p = o->link_order_head;
 		   p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
diff --git a/bfd/i386linux.c b/bfd/i386linux.c
index 6403e1c..84ae477 100644
--- a/bfd/i386linux.c
+++ b/bfd/i386linux.c
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ linux_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string,
 
   insert = FALSE;
 
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL
       && strcmp (name, SHARABLE_CONFLICTS) == 0
       && (flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0
diff --git a/bfd/ieee.c b/bfd/ieee.c
index 59d5743..f0ba1e5 100644
--- a/bfd/ieee.c
+++ b/bfd/ieee.c
@@ -3590,7 +3590,7 @@ static const unsigned char exten[] =
   0xf0, 0x20, 0x00,
   0xf1, 0xce, 0x20, 0x00, 37, 3, 3,	/* Set version 3 rev 3.  */
   0xf1, 0xce, 0x20, 0x00, 39, 2,	/* Keep symbol in  original case.  */
-  0xf1, 0xce, 0x20, 0x00, 38		/* Set object type relocateable to x.  */
+  0xf1, 0xce, 0x20, 0x00, 38		/* Set object type relocatable to x.  */
 };
 
 static const unsigned char envi[] =
diff --git a/bfd/libbfd.h b/bfd/libbfd.h
index 9bbdebd..46695e7 100644
--- a/bfd/libbfd.h
+++ b/bfd/libbfd.h
@@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
     struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
     struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
     bfd_byte *data,
-    bfd_boolean relocateable,
+    bfd_boolean relocatable,
     asymbol **symbols));
 
 /* Extracted from archures.c.  */
diff --git a/bfd/libcoff-in.h b/bfd/libcoff-in.h
index fac7650..0c19433 100644
--- a/bfd/libcoff-in.h
+++ b/bfd/libcoff-in.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD COFF object file private structure.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-   2000, 2001, 2002
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ struct coff_debug_merge_hash_table
    bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
 
 /* Information we keep for each section in the output file when doing
-   a relocateable link.  */
+   a relocatable link.  */
 
 struct coff_link_section_info
 {
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ struct coff_final_link_info
   bfd_boolean global_to_static;
   /* Hash table for long symbol names.  */
   struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
-  /* When doing a relocateable link, an array of information kept for
+  /* When doing a relocatable link, an array of information kept for
      each output section, indexed by the target_index field.  */
   struct coff_link_section_info *section_info;
   /* Symbol index of last C_FILE symbol (-1 if none).  */
diff --git a/bfd/libcoff.h b/bfd/libcoff.h
index 1beec22..1e11ec0 100644
--- a/bfd/libcoff.h
+++ b/bfd/libcoff.h
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ struct coff_debug_merge_hash_table
    bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
 
 /* Information we keep for each section in the output file when doing
-   a relocateable link.  */
+   a relocatable link.  */
 
 struct coff_link_section_info
 {
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ struct coff_final_link_info
   bfd_boolean global_to_static;
   /* Hash table for long symbol names.  */
   struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
-  /* When doing a relocateable link, an array of information kept for
+  /* When doing a relocatable link, an array of information kept for
      each output section, indexed by the target_index field.  */
   struct coff_link_section_info *section_info;
   /* Symbol index of last C_FILE symbol (-1 if none).  */
diff --git a/bfd/linker.c b/bfd/linker.c
index c0e3236..72f8bfd 100644
--- a/bfd/linker.c
+++ b/bfd/linker.c
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ SUBSECTION
 
 	For example, with each entry in the hash table the a.out
 	linker keeps the index the symbol has in the final output file
-	(this index number is used so that when doing a relocateable
+	(this index number is used so that when doing a relocatable
 	link the symbol index used in the output file can be quickly
 	filled in when copying over a reloc).  The a.out linker code
 	defines the required structures and functions for a hash table
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ SUBSECTION
 	the input sections and copy the data into the output sections.
 	It must build an output symbol table including any local
 	symbols from the input files and the global symbols from the
-	hash table.  When producing relocateable output, it must
+	hash table.  When producing relocatable output, it must
 	modify the input relocs and write them into the output file.
 	There may also be object format dependent work to be done.
 
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ SUBSUBSECTION
 	types of information.  They also describe relocs that must be
 	created by the BFD backend, but do not correspond to any input
 	file; this is used to support -Ur, which builds constructors
-	while generating a relocateable object file.
+	while generating a relocatable object file.
 
 INODE
 Relocating the section contents, Writing the symbol table, Information provided by the linker, Performing the Final Link
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ SUBSUBSECTION
 	input files.  The <<_bfd_final_link>> function should read the
 	contents of the section and any associated relocs, apply the
 	relocs to the section contents, and write out the modified
-	section contents.  If performing a relocateable link, the
+	section contents.  If performing a relocatable link, the
 	relocs themselves must also be modified and written out.
 
 @findex _bfd_relocate_contents
@@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ _bfd_generic_final_link (abfd, info)
   if (! generic_add_output_symbol (abfd, &outsymalloc, NULL))
     return FALSE;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       /* Allocate space for the output relocs for each section.  */
       for (o = abfd->sections;
@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols (output_bfd, input_bfd, info, psymalloc)
 		  break;
 		case discard_sec_merge:
 		  output = TRUE;
-		  if (info->relocateable
+		  if (info->relocatable
 		      || ! (sym->section->flags & SEC_MERGE))
 		    break;
 		  /* FALLTHROUGH */
@@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ _bfd_generic_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, sec, link_order)
 {
   arelent *r;
 
-  if (! info->relocateable)
+  if (! info->relocatable)
     abort ();
   if (sec->orelocation == (arelent **) NULL)
     abort ();
@@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@ default_indirect_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order,
   BFD_ASSERT (input_section->output_offset == link_order->offset);
   BFD_ASSERT (input_section->_cooked_size == link_order->size);
 
-  if (info->relocateable
+  if (info->relocatable
       && input_section->reloc_count > 0
       && output_section->orelocation == (arelent **) NULL)
     {
@@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ default_indirect_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order,
 	 types of object files.  Handling this case correctly is
 	 difficult, and sometimes impossible.  */
       (*_bfd_error_handler)
-	(_("Attempt to do relocateable link with %s input and %s output"),
+	(_("Attempt to do relocatable link with %s input and %s output"),
 	 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), bfd_get_target (output_bfd));
       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
       return FALSE;
@@ -2842,7 +2842,7 @@ default_indirect_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order,
   if (contents == NULL && sec_size != 0)
     goto error_return;
   new_contents = (bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
-		  (output_bfd, info, link_order, contents, info->relocateable,
+		  (output_bfd, info, link_order, contents, info->relocatable,
 		   _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (input_bfd)));
   if (!new_contents)
     goto error_return;
diff --git a/bfd/m68klinux.c b/bfd/m68klinux.c
index 1a82980..90f342c 100644
--- a/bfd/m68klinux.c
+++ b/bfd/m68klinux.c
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ linux_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string,
 
   insert = FALSE;
 
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL
       && strcmp (name, SHARABLE_CONFLICTS) == 0
       && (flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0
diff --git a/bfd/pdp11.c b/bfd/pdp11.c
index 95d78a1..52f7b70 100644
--- a/bfd/pdp11.c
+++ b/bfd/pdp11.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for PDP-11 a.out binaries.
-   Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
@@ -3436,7 +3436,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
   includes_hash_initialized = TRUE;
 
   /* Figure out the largest section size.  Also, if generating
-     relocateable output, count the relocs.  */
+     relocatable output, count the relocs.  */
   trsize = 0;
   drsize = 0;
   max_contents_size = 0;
@@ -3446,7 +3446,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
     {
       size_t sz;
 
-      if (info->relocateable)
+      if (info->relocatable)
 	{
 	  if (bfd_get_flavour (sub) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
 	    {
@@ -3460,7 +3460,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
 		 work out the number of relocs needed, and then multiply
 		 by the reloc size.  */
 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
-		("%s: relocateable link from %s to %s not supported",
+		("%s: relocatable link from %s to %s not supported",
 		 bfd_get_filename (abfd),
 		 sub->xvec->name, abfd->xvec->name);
 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
@@ -3490,7 +3490,7 @@ NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
 	}
     }
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     {
       if (obj_textsec (abfd) != (asection *) NULL)
 	trsize += (_bfd_count_link_order_relocs (obj_textsec (abfd)
@@ -4460,9 +4460,9 @@ aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, reloff_ptr,
 				  input_size))
     return FALSE;
 
-  /* If we are producing relocateable output, the relocs were
+  /* If we are producing relocatable output, the relocs were
      modified, and we now write them out.  */
-  if (finfo->info->relocateable && rel_size > 0)
+  if (finfo->info->relocatable && rel_size > 0)
     {
       if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, *reloff_ptr, SEEK_SET) != 0)
 	return FALSE;
@@ -4521,7 +4521,7 @@ pdp11_aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
 	     struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *,
 	     bfd_vma *));
   bfd *output_bfd;
-  bfd_boolean relocateable;
+  bfd_boolean relocatable;
   struct external_nlist *syms;
   char *strings;
   struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
@@ -4537,7 +4537,7 @@ pdp11_aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
   BFD_ASSERT (input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder
 	      == output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder);
 
-  relocateable = finfo->info->relocateable;
+  relocatable = finfo->info->relocatable;
   syms = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd);
   strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd);
   sym_hashes = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
@@ -4578,9 +4578,9 @@ pdp11_aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
 	howto = howto_table_pdp11 + howto_idx;
       }
 
-      if (relocateable)
+      if (relocatable)
 	{
-	  /* We are generating a relocateable output file, and must
+	  /* We are generating a relocatable output file, and must
 	     modify the reloc accordingly.  */
 	  if (r_extern)
 	    {
diff --git a/bfd/pe-mips.c b/bfd/pe-mips.c
index c9a4d58..3066aaa 100644
--- a/bfd/pe-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/pe-mips.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD back-end for MIPS PE COFF files.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-   2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Modified from coff-i386.c by DJ Delorie, dj@cygnus.com
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ static bfd_boolean coff_pe_mips_relocate_section
    section for a reference to a common symbol is the value itself plus
    any desired offset.  Ian Taylor, Cygnus Support.  */
 
-/* If we are producing relocateable output, we need to do some
+/* If we are producing relocatable output, we need to do some
    adjustments to the object file that are not done by the
    bfd_perform_relocation function.  This function is called by every
    reloc type to make any required adjustments.  */
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ coff_mips_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
     {
       /* For some reason bfd_perform_relocation always effectively
 	 ignores the addend for a COFF target when producing
-	 relocateable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 386
+	 relocatable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 386
 	 COFF, so we handle the addend here instead.  */
       diff = reloc_entry->addend;
     }
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ coff_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)
 
 #ifndef COFF_WITH_PE
   /* If the output symbol is common (in which case this must be a
-     relocateable link), we need to add in the final size of the
+     relocatable link), we need to add in the final size of the
      common symbol.  */
   if (h != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
     *addendp += h->root.u.c.size;
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ coff_pe_mips_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
   unsigned int i;
   bfd_boolean got_lo;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
   {
     (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\
 %s: `ld -r' not supported with PE MIPS objects\n"),
@@ -722,13 +722,13 @@ coff_pe_mips_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
       if (howto == NULL)
 	return FALSE;
 
-      /* If we are doing a relocateable link, then we can just ignore
+      /* If we are doing a relocatable link, then we can just ignore
          a PC relative reloc that is pcrel_offset.  It will already
-         have the correct value.  If this is not a relocateable link,
+         have the correct value.  If this is not a relocatable link,
          then we should ignore the symbol value.  */
       if (howto->pc_relative && howto->pcrel_offset)
 	{
-	  if (info->relocateable)
+	  if (info->relocatable)
 	    continue;
 	  if (sym != NULL && sym->n_scnum != 0)
 	    addend += sym->n_value;
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ coff_pe_mips_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
 		     + sec->output_offset);
 	      }
 
-	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	  else if (! info->relocatable)
 	    {
 	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
 		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
diff --git a/bfd/peXXigen.c b/bfd/peXXigen.c
index ba1c219..7f1a6a3 100644
--- a/bfd/peXXigen.c
+++ b/bfd/peXXigen.c
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ _bfd_XXi_swap_scnhdr_out (abfd, in, out)
   }
 
   if (coff_data (abfd)->link_info
-      && ! coff_data (abfd)->link_info->relocateable
+      && ! coff_data (abfd)->link_info->relocatable
       && ! coff_data (abfd)->link_info->shared
       && strcmp (scnhdr_int->s_name, ".text") == 0)
     {
diff --git a/bfd/reloc.c b/bfd/reloc.c
index 6aea881..09155b2 100644
--- a/bfd/reloc.c
+++ b/bfd/reloc.c
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ bfd_perform_relocation (abfd, reloc_entry, data, input_section, output_bfd,
       return bfd_reloc_ok;
     }
 
-  /* If we are not producing relocateable output, return an error if
+  /* If we are not producing relocatable output, return an error if
      the symbol is not defined.  An undefined weak symbol is
      considered to have a value of zero (SVR4 ABI, p. 4-27).  */
   if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section)
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ bfd_perform_relocation (abfd, reloc_entry, data, input_section, output_bfd,
 	 include the position of the location; for example, m88kbcs,
 	 or ELF.  For those targets, pcrel_offset is TRUE.
 
-	 If we are producing relocateable output, then we must ensure
+	 If we are producing relocatable output, then we must ensure
 	 that this reloc will be correctly computed when the final
 	 relocation is done.  If pcrel_offset is FALSE we want to wind
 	 up with the negative of the location within the section,
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ bfd_perform_relocation (abfd, reloc_entry, data, input_section, output_bfd,
 	 we do not want to adjust the existing addend at all.
 
 	 FIXME: This seems logical to me, but for the case of
-	 producing relocateable output it is not what the code
+	 producing relocatable output it is not what the code
 	 actually does.  I don't want to change it, because it seems
 	 far too likely that something will break.  */
 
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ Hmmm.  The first obvious point is that bfd_perform_relocation should
 not have any tests that depend upon the flavour.  It's seem like
 entirely the wrong place for such a thing.  The second obvious point
 is that the current code ignores the reloc addend when producing
-relocateable output for COFF.  That's peculiar.  In fact, I really
+relocatable output for COFF.  That's peculiar.  In fact, I really
 have no idea what the point of the line you want to remove is.
 
 A typical COFF reloc subtracts the old value of the symbol and adds in
@@ -754,9 +754,9 @@ different story (we can't change it without losing backward
 compatibility with old object files) (coff-i386 does subtract the old
 value, to be compatible with existing coff-i386 targets, like SCO).
 
-So everything works fine when not producing relocateable output.  When
-we are producing relocateable output, logically we should do exactly
-what we do when not producing relocateable output.  Therefore, your
+So everything works fine when not producing relocatable output.  When
+we are producing relocatable output, logically we should do exactly
+what we do when not producing relocatable output.  Therefore, your
 patch is correct.  In fact, it should probably always just set
 reloc_entry->addend to 0 for all cases, since it is, in fact, going to
 add the value into the object file.  This won't hurt the COFF code,
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ which doesn't use the addend; I'm not sure what it will do to other
 formats (the thing to check for would be whether any formats both use
 the addend and set partial_inplace).
 
-When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocateable output, I ran
+When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocatable output, I ran
 into the problem that you are running into: I wanted to remove that
 line.  Rather than risk it, I made the coff-i386 relocs use a special
 function; it's coff_i386_reloc in coff-i386.c.  The function
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ bfd_install_relocation (abfd, reloc_entry, data_start, data_start_offset,
 	 include the position of the location; for example, m88kbcs,
 	 or ELF.  For those targets, pcrel_offset is TRUE.
 
-	 If we are producing relocateable output, then we must ensure
+	 If we are producing relocatable output, then we must ensure
 	 that this reloc will be correctly computed when the final
 	 relocation is done.  If pcrel_offset is FALSE we want to wind
 	 up with the negative of the location within the section,
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ bfd_install_relocation (abfd, reloc_entry, data_start, data_start_offset,
 	 we do not want to adjust the existing addend at all.
 
 	 FIXME: This seems logical to me, but for the case of
-	 producing relocateable output it is not what the code
+	 producing relocatable output it is not what the code
 	 actually does.  I don't want to change it, because it seems
 	 far too likely that something will break.  */
 
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ Hmmm.  The first obvious point is that bfd_install_relocation should
 not have any tests that depend upon the flavour.  It's seem like
 entirely the wrong place for such a thing.  The second obvious point
 is that the current code ignores the reloc addend when producing
-relocateable output for COFF.  That's peculiar.  In fact, I really
+relocatable output for COFF.  That's peculiar.  In fact, I really
 have no idea what the point of the line you want to remove is.
 
 A typical COFF reloc subtracts the old value of the symbol and adds in
@@ -1143,9 +1143,9 @@ different story (we can't change it without losing backward
 compatibility with old object files) (coff-i386 does subtract the old
 value, to be compatible with existing coff-i386 targets, like SCO).
 
-So everything works fine when not producing relocateable output.  When
-we are producing relocateable output, logically we should do exactly
-what we do when not producing relocateable output.  Therefore, your
+So everything works fine when not producing relocatable output.  When
+we are producing relocatable output, logically we should do exactly
+what we do when not producing relocatable output.  Therefore, your
 patch is correct.  In fact, it should probably always just set
 reloc_entry->addend to 0 for all cases, since it is, in fact, going to
 add the value into the object file.  This won't hurt the COFF code,
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ which doesn't use the addend; I'm not sure what it will do to other
 formats (the thing to check for would be whether any formats both use
 the addend and set partial_inplace).
 
-When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocateable output, I ran
+When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocatable output, I ran
 into the problem that you are running into: I wanted to remove that
 line.  Rather than risk it, I made the coff-i386 relocs use a special
 function; it's coff_i386_reloc in coff-i386.c.  The function
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ space consuming.  For each target:
    function than to try to deal with it.
 
    This routine does a final relocation.  Whether it is useful for a
-   relocateable link depends upon how the object format defines
+   relocatable link depends upon how the object format defines
    relocations.
 
    FIXME: This routine ignores any special_function in the HOWTO,
@@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@ SYNOPSIS
 	     struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
 	     struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
 	     bfd_byte *data,
-	     bfd_boolean relocateable,
+	     bfd_boolean relocatable,
 	     asymbol **symbols);
 
 DESCRIPTION
@@ -4077,12 +4077,12 @@ DESCRIPTION
 
 bfd_byte *
 bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data,
-					    relocateable, symbols)
+					    relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *abfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff.  */
@@ -4131,10 +4131,10 @@ bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data,
 				    *parent,
 				    (PTR) data,
 				    input_section,
-				    relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
+				    relocatable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
 				    &error_message);
 
-	  if (relocateable)
+	  if (relocatable)
 	    {
 	      asection *os = input_section->output_section;
 
diff --git a/bfd/reloc16.c b/bfd/reloc16.c
index 39f36e7..3a4c3d3 100644
--- a/bfd/reloc16.c
+++ b/bfd/reloc16.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* 8 and 16 bit COFF relocation functions, for BFD.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001,
-   2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -240,13 +240,13 @@ bfd_coff_reloc16_get_relocated_section_contents (in_abfd,
 						 link_info,
 						 link_order,
 						 data,
-						 relocateable,
+						 relocatable,
 						 symbols)
      bfd *in_abfd;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
      bfd_byte *data;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable;
      asymbol **symbols;
 {
   /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff.  */
@@ -259,11 +259,11 @@ bfd_coff_reloc16_get_relocated_section_contents (in_abfd,
   if (reloc_size < 0)
     return NULL;
 
-  /* If producing relocateable output, don't bother to relax.  */
-  if (relocateable)
+  /* If producing relocatable output, don't bother to relax.  */
+  if (relocatable)
     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (in_abfd, link_info,
 						       link_order,
-						       data, relocateable,
+						       data, relocatable,
 						       symbols);
 
   /* Read in the section.  */
diff --git a/bfd/sparclinux.c b/bfd/sparclinux.c
index 40e49c8..0a936b1 100644
--- a/bfd/sparclinux.c
+++ b/bfd/sparclinux.c
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ linux_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string,
 
   insert = FALSE;
 
-  if (! info->relocateable
+  if (! info->relocatable
       && linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL
       && strcmp (name, SHARABLE_CONFLICTS) == 0
       && (flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0
diff --git a/bfd/sunos.c b/bfd/sunos.c
index 4569e80..fb8e17b 100644
--- a/bfd/sunos.c
+++ b/bfd/sunos.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* BFD backend for SunOS binaries.
    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001,
-   2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Cygnus Support.
 
 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ sunos_add_dynamic_symbols (abfd, info, symsp, sym_countp, stringsp)
     {
       if (! sunos_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info,
 					   ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
-					    && !info->relocateable)))
+					    && !info->relocatable)))
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ sunos_add_dynamic_symbols (abfd, info, symsp, sym_countp, stringsp)
 
   /* The native linker seems to just ignore dynamic objects when -r is
      used.  */
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   /* There's no hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly
@@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ bfd_sunos_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info, sdynptr, sneedptr,
   *sneedptr = NULL;
   *srulesptr = NULL;
 
-  if (info->relocateable)
+  if (info->relocatable)
     return TRUE;
 
   if (output_bfd->xvec != &MY(vec))
diff --git a/bfd/syms.c b/bfd/syms.c
index 0fcb7b3..d0ffcc7 100644
--- a/bfd/syms.c
+++ b/bfd/syms.c
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, pfound,
 					 (bfd_vma) 0, strsize))
 	return FALSE;
 
-      /* If this is a relocateable object file, we have to relocate
+      /* If this is a relocatable object file, we have to relocate
 	 the entries in .stab.  This should always be simple 32 bit
 	 relocations against symbols defined in this object file, so
 	 this should be no big deal.  */
diff --git a/bfd/versados.c b/bfd/versados.c
index 1301c58..ee0897a 100644
--- a/bfd/versados.c
+++ b/bfd/versados.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BFD back-end for VERSAdos-E objects.
-   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support <sac@cygnus.com>.
 
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@
 
 /*
    SUBSECTION
-   VERSAdos-E relocateable object file format
+   VERSAdos-E relocatable object file format
 
    DESCRIPTION
 
-   This module supports reading of VERSAdos relocateable
+   This module supports reading of VERSAdos relocatable
    object files.
 
    A VERSAdos file looks like contains
diff --git a/bfd/vms.c b/bfd/vms.c
index c98e483..175dae0 100644
--- a/bfd/vms.c
+++ b/bfd/vms.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* vms.c -- BFD back-end for VAX (openVMS/VAX) and
    EVAX (openVMS/Alpha) files.
-   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Written by Klaus K"ampf (kkaempf@rmi.de)
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ static int vms_sizeof_headers
 static bfd_byte *vms_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
   PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
 	   struct bfd_link_order *link_order, bfd_byte *data,
-	   bfd_boolean relocateable, asymbol **symbols));
+	   bfd_boolean relocatable, asymbol **symbols));
 static bfd_boolean vms_bfd_relax_section
   PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *section, struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
 	   bfd_boolean *again));
@@ -1691,17 +1691,17 @@ vms_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
 
 static bfd_byte *
 vms_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data,
-					 relocateable, symbols)
+					 relocatable, symbols)
      bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
      struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
      struct bfd_link_order *link_order ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
      bfd_byte *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-     bfd_boolean relocateable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bfd_boolean relocatable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
      asymbol **symbols ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
 {
 #if VMS_DEBUG
   vms_debug (1, "vms_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents(%p, %p, %p, %p, %s, %p)\n",
-			abfd, link_info, link_order, data, (relocateable)?"True":"False", symbols);
+			abfd, link_info, link_order, data, (relocatable)?"True":"False", symbols);
 #endif
   return 0;
 }
diff --git a/bfd/xcofflink.c b/bfd/xcofflink.c
index 0505c86..6f94029 100644
--- a/bfd/xcofflink.c
+++ b/bfd/xcofflink.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* POWER/PowerPC XCOFF linker support.
-   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>, Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info, libpath, entry,
     }
 
   /* Garbage collect unused sections.  */
-  if (info->relocateable
+  if (info->relocatable
       || ! gc
       || hentry == NULL
       || (hentry->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
@@ -5294,7 +5294,7 @@ xcoff_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
 		    }
 		  else
 		    {
-		      if (! finfo->info->relocateable
+		      if (! finfo->info->relocatable
 			  && (h->flags & XCOFF_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0
 			  && (h->flags & XCOFF_IMPORT) == 0)
 			{
diff --git a/binutils/ChangeLog b/binutils/ChangeLog
index cf78bb2..7519a19 100644
--- a/binutils/ChangeLog
+++ b/binutils/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+2003-06-25  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
+
+	* NEWS: Correct spelling of "relocatable".
+	* objdump.c: Likewise.
+	* sysroff.info: Likewise.
+
 2003-06-19  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
 
 	* readelf.c (print_vma): When printing DEC_5 values, if the
diff --git a/binutils/NEWS b/binutils/NEWS
index 8d92dcb..1f869b4 100644
--- a/binutils/NEWS
+++ b/binutils/NEWS
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Changes in binutils 2.6:
 Changes in binutils 2.5:
 
 * Changed objdump -dr to dump the relocs interspersed with the assembly
-  listing, for a more useful listing of relocateable files.
+  listing, for a more useful listing of relocatable files.
 
 * Changed objdump -d/--disassemble to only disassemble SEC_CODE sections.
   Added -D/--disassemble-all option to disassemble all sections.
diff --git a/binutils/objdump.c b/binutils/objdump.c
index f17286c..dd8a536 100644
--- a/binutils/objdump.c
+++ b/binutils/objdump.c
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ find_symbol_for_address (abfd, sec, vma, require_sec, place)
 	     == bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[thisplace - 1])))
     --thisplace;
 
-  /* If the file is relocateable, and the symbol could be from this
+  /* If the file is relocatable, and the symbol could be from this
      section, prefer a symbol from this section over symbols from
      others, even if the other symbol's value might be closer.
 
diff --git a/binutils/sysroff.info b/binutils/sysroff.info
index 3af001a..390fe42 100644
--- a/binutils/sysroff.info
+++ b/binutils/sysroff.info
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
 	
 
 ("rl" 0x20
- (("boundary of relocateable area") (4 bits) ("boundary"))
+ (("boundary of relocatable area") (4 bits) ("boundary"))
  (("address polarity") (1 bit) ("apol"))
  (("segment number") (1 bit) ("segment"))
  (("sign of relocation") (1 bit) ("sign"))
diff --git a/gas/config/tc-i370.c b/gas/config/tc-i370.c
index d59a95b..ba8e9bb 100644
--- a/gas/config/tc-i370.c
+++ b/gas/config/tc-i370.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* tc-i370.c -- Assembler for the IBM 360/370/390 instruction set.
    Loosely based on the ppc files by Linas Vepstas <linas@linas.org> 1998, 99
-   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ i370_byte (ignore)
    give to this location in the toc; this will be a symbol with class
    TC.  The rest of the arguments are 4 byte values to actually put at
    this location in the TOC; often there is just one more argument, a
-   relocateable symbol reference.
+   relocatable symbol reference.
 
    When not generating XCOFF output, the arguments are the same, but
    the first argument is simply ignored.  */
diff --git a/gas/config/tc-ppc.c b/gas/config/tc-ppc.c
index 1cc201a..8b9ffef 100644
--- a/gas/config/tc-ppc.c
+++ b/gas/config/tc-ppc.c
@@ -3861,7 +3861,7 @@ ppc_vbyte (dummy)
    give to this location in the toc; this will be a symbol with class
    TC.  The rest of the arguments are N-byte values to actually put at
    this location in the TOC; often there is just one more argument, a
-   relocateable symbol reference.  The size of the value to store
+   relocatable symbol reference.  The size of the value to store
    depends on target word size.  A 32-bit target uses 4-byte values, a
    64-bit target uses 8-byte values.
 
diff --git a/include/ChangeLog b/include/ChangeLog
index 5e9ac7a..f061efa 100644
--- a/include/ChangeLog
+++ b/include/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
+2003-06-25  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
+
+	* bfdlink.h: Correct spelling of "relocatable".
+
 2003-06-22  Zack Weinberg  <zack@codesourcery.com>
 
 	* safe-ctype.h (HC_UNKNOWN, HC_ASCII, HC_EBCDIC): Rename to
diff --git a/include/bfdlink.h b/include/bfdlink.h
index 4636025..10746ee 100644
--- a/include/bfdlink.h
+++ b/include/bfdlink.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* bfdlink.h -- header file for BFD link routines
-   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Steve Chamberlain and Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ struct bfd_sym_chain
 struct bfd_link_info
 {
   /* TRUE if BFD should generate a relocatable object file.  */
-  unsigned int relocateable: 1;
+  unsigned int relocatable: 1;
 
   /* TRUE if BFD should generate relocation information in the final
      executable.  */
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ struct bfd_link_callbacks
   /* A function which is called to add a symbol to a set.  ENTRY is
      the link hash table entry for the set itself (e.g.,
      __CTOR_LIST__).  RELOC is the relocation to use for an entry in
-     the set when generating a relocateable file, and is also used to
+     the set when generating a relocatable file, and is also used to
      get the size of the entry when generating an executable file.
      ABFD, SEC and VALUE identify the value to add to the set.  */
   bfd_boolean (*add_to_set)
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ struct bfd_link_callbacks
      destructor is found.  This is only called by some object file
      formats.  CONSTRUCTOR is TRUE for a constructor, FALSE for a
      destructor.  This will use BFD_RELOC_CTOR when generating a
-     relocateable file.  NAME is the name of the symbol found.  ABFD,
+     relocatable file.  NAME is the name of the symbol found.  ABFD,
      SECTION and VALUE are the value of the symbol.  */
   bfd_boolean (*constructor)
     PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean constructor,
diff --git a/ld/ChangeLog b/ld/ChangeLog
index 3291a60..5462143 100644
--- a/ld/ChangeLog
+++ b/ld/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,41 @@
+2003-06-25  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Correct spelling of "relocatable".
+	* ldctor.c: Likewise
+	* ldexp.c: Likewise
+	* ldfile.c: Likewise
+	* ldint.texinfo: Likewise
+	* ldlang.c: Likewise
+	* ldmain.c: Likewise
+	* ldwrite.c: Likewise
+	* lexsup.c: Likewise
+	* emultempl/aix.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/alphaelf.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/armcoff.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/armelf_oabi.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/beos.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/generic.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/gld960.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/gld960c.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/linux.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/lnk960.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/m68hc1xelf.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/m68kcoff.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/m68kelf.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/mipsecoff.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/mipself.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/mmix-elfnmmo.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/mmo.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/needrelax.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/pe.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/ppc64elf.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/sh64elf.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/ticoff.em: Likewise
+	* emultempl/xtensaelf.em: Likewise
+
 2003-06-24  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
 
 	* emultempl/ppc32elf.em: Convert to C90.
@@ -766,7 +804,7 @@
 
 2002-01-14  Charles Wilson  <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
 
-	* ld/ld.texinfo (node WIN32): Some clarifications
+	* ld.texinfo (node WIN32): Some clarifications
 	and formatting fixups.
 
 2003-01-09  Chris Demetriou  <cgd@broadcom.com>
@@ -820,7 +858,7 @@
 
 2003-01-03  Charles Wilson  <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
 
-	* ld/pe-dll.c (autofilter_symbollist): Add cygwin_crt0.
+	* pe-dll.c (autofilter_symbollist): Add cygwin_crt0.
 
 2003-01-04  Daniel Jacobowitz  <drow@mvista.com>
 
@@ -873,7 +911,7 @@
 2002-12-30  Ralf Habacker  <Ralf.Habacker@freenet.de>
 	    Charles Wilson  <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
 
-	* ld/config.in (HAVE_REALPATH): New entry.
+	* config.in (HAVE_REALPATH): New entry.
 	(HAVE_SYS_STAT_H, HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H): Removed: obsolete.
 
 2002-12-30  Ralf Habacker  <ralf.habacker@freenet.de>
@@ -923,7 +961,7 @@
 
 2002-12-17  Ralf Habacker  <ralf.habacker@freenet.de>
 
-	* ld/emultempl/pe.em (pe_find_data_imports): Don't search for data
+	* emultempl/pe.em (pe_find_data_imports): Don't search for data
 	import when auto-import is disabled.
 
 2002-12-17  Danny Smith  <dannysmith@users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1388,8 +1426,8 @@
 
 	* configure.in: added --with-lib-path argument to ld's configure
 	to set LIB_PATH.
-	* ld/NEWS: Document new switch.
-	* ld/README: Mention new switch.
+	* NEWS: Document new switch.
+	* README: Mention new switch.
 	* configure: Regenerate.
 	* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
 
@@ -1696,7 +1734,7 @@
 
 2002-06-20  Nathanael Nerode  <neroden@twcny.rr.com>
 
-	* ld/configure.host (romp): Drop support.
+	* configure.host (romp): Drop support.
 
 2002-06-18  Chris Demetriou  <cgd@broadcom.com>
 
@@ -1751,9 +1789,9 @@
 
 2002-06-07  Charles Wilson  <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
 
-	* ld/ldmain.c (main): initialize link_info.pei386_auto_import
+	* ldmain.c (main): initialize link_info.pei386_auto_import
 	to -1 == implicit enable.
-	* ld/emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse):
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse):
 	initialize link_info.pei386_auto_import to -1 == implicit
 	enable.
 	(gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): When processing
@@ -2177,7 +2215,7 @@
 
 2002-04-07  matthew green  <mrg@redhat.com>
 
-	* ld/configure.host (*-*-netbsd*): Add support for NetBSD/ELF.
+	* configure.host (*-*-netbsd*): Add support for NetBSD/ELF.
 
 2002-04-04  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
 
@@ -2768,8 +2806,8 @@
 	* configure.tgt (sh*le-*-netbsdelf*): New target.
 	(sh*-*-netbsdelf*): New target.
 	* emulparams/shelf.sh: Document that shelf_nbsd.sh sources this file.
-	* ld/emulparams/shelf_nbsd.sh: New emulation.
-	* ld/emulparams/shlelf_nbsd.sh: New emulation.
+	* emulparams/shelf_nbsd.sh: New emulation.
+	* emulparams/shlelf_nbsd.sh: New emulation.
 
 2002-01-07  Nick Clifton  <nickc@cambridge.redhat.com>
 
diff --git a/ld/NEWS b/ld/NEWS
index cfaf186..45fd2a6 100644
--- a/ld/NEWS
+++ b/ld/NEWS
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ not copied into the output file.  This is used by glibc.
 * When an ELF section named .gnu.warning.SYMBOL is encountered in an input
 file, and the symbol SYMBOL is referenced by some object file, the contents of
 the section are displayed as an error message.  The section is not copied into
-the output file, unless doing a relocateable or shared link.  This is used by
+the output file, unless doing a relocatable or shared link.  This is used by
 glibc.
 
 * New options -split-by-reloc and -split-by-file.
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/aix.em b/ld/emultempl/aix.em
index 910f831..ad4c6dc 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/aix.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/aix.em
@@ -613,15 +613,15 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
   struct set_info *p;
 
   /* Call ldctor_build_sets, after pretending that this is a
-     relocateable link.  We do this because AIX requires relocation
+     relocatable link.  We do this because AIX requires relocation
      entries for all references to symbols, even in a final
      executable.  Of course, we only want to do this if we are
      producing an XCOFF output file.  */
-  r = link_info.relocateable;
+  r = link_info.relocatable;
   if (strstr (bfd_get_target (output_bfd), "xcoff") != NULL)
-    link_info.relocateable = TRUE;
+    link_info.relocatable = TRUE;
   ldctor_build_sets ();
-  link_info.relocateable = r;
+  link_info.relocatable = r;
 
   /* For each set, record the size, so that the XCOFF backend can
      output the correct csect length.  */
@@ -1293,11 +1293,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu		       >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr		       >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn		       >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -1314,9 +1314,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/alphaelf.em b/ld/emultempl/alphaelf.em
index 4ff83cb..a1bb0c5 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/alphaelf.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/alphaelf.em
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ static int elf64alpha_32bit = 0;
 static void
 alpha_after_parse ()
 {
-  if (elf64alpha_32bit && !link_info.shared && !link_info.relocateable)
+  if (elf64alpha_32bit && !link_info.shared && !link_info.relocatable)
     lang_section_start (".interp",
 			exp_binop ('+',
 				   exp_intop (ALPHA_TEXT_START_32BIT),
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/armcoff.em b/ld/emultempl/armcoff.em
index 1156658..15ebecf 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/armcoff.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/armcoff.em
@@ -224,11 +224,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/armelf_oabi.em b/ld/emultempl/armelf_oabi.em
index 555b947..99b18cd 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/armelf_oabi.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/armelf_oabi.em
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/beos.em b/ld/emultempl/beos.em
index 3b84280..23b9dc5 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/beos.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/beos.em
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols()
 
   if (!init[IMAGEBASEOFF].inited)
     {
-      if (link_info.relocateable)
+      if (link_info.relocatable)
 	init[IMAGEBASEOFF].value = 0;
       else if (init[DLLOFF].value)
 	init[IMAGEBASEOFF].value = BEOS_DLL_IMAGE_BASE;
@@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols()
 	init[IMAGEBASEOFF].value = BEOS_EXE_IMAGE_BASE;
     }
 
-  /* Don't do any symbol assignments if this is a relocateable link.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  /* Don't do any symbol assignments if this is a relocatable link.  */
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   /* Glue the assignments into the abs section */
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
      If they're marked as COMDAT sections, we don't want .text\$foo to
      end up in .text and then have .text disappear because it's marked
      link-once-discard.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     return FALSE;
 
   secname = bfd_get_section_name (s->owner, s);
@@ -832,11 +832,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/elf32.em b/ld/emultempl/elf32.em
index 7c06820..85ca351 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/elf32.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/elf32.em
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
   struct bfd_link_needed_list *needed, *l;
 
   /* We only need to worry about this when doing a final link.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable || !link_info.executable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable || !link_info.executable)
     return;
 
   /* Get the list of files which appear in DT_NEEDED entries in
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
   int isdyn = 0;
 
   secname = bfd_get_section_name (s->owner, s);
-  if (! link_info.relocateable
+  if (! link_info.relocatable
       && link_info.combreloc
       && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
       && strncmp (secname, ".rel", 4) == 0)
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
   /* If this is a final link, then always put .gnu.warning.SYMBOL
      sections into the .text section to get them out of the way.  */
   if (link_info.executable
-      && ! link_info.relocateable
+      && ! link_info.relocatable
       && strncmp (secname, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0
       && hold_text.os != NULL)
     {
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
 #define HAVE_SECTION(hold, name) \
 (hold.os != NULL || (hold.os = lang_output_section_find (name)) != NULL)
 
-  if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0 && !link_info.relocateable)
+  if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0 && !link_info.relocatable)
     {
       if (s->output_section == NULL)
 	s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
     }
 
   address = NULL;
-  if (link_info.relocateable || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
+  if (link_info.relocatable || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
     address = exp_intop ((bfd_vma) 0);
 
   load_base = NULL;
@@ -1462,11 +1462,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -1505,9 +1505,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/generic.em b/ld/emultempl/generic.em
index 3a7d611..611a948 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/generic.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/generic.em
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 /* This file is is generated by a shell script.  DO NOT EDIT! */
 
 /* emulate the original gld for the given ${EMULATION_NAME}
-   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1994, 1996, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1994, 1996, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Steve Chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
 
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/gld960.em b/ld/emultempl/gld960.em
index dd73e6b..e9ef7e5 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/gld960.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/gld960.em
@@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/gld960c.em b/ld/emultempl/gld960c.em
index 132afcb..160eb2a 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/gld960c.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/gld960c.em
@@ -143,11 +143,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/hppaelf.em b/ld/emultempl/hppaelf.em
index 4e3b6b9..456e17c 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/hppaelf.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/hppaelf.em
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static bfd_signed_vma group_size = 1;
 static void
 hppaelf_after_parse ()
 {
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     lang_add_unique (".text");
 #if 0 /* Enable this once we split millicode stuff from libgcc.  */
   else
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_finish ()
 
   /* If generating a relocatable output file, then we don't
      have to examine the relocs.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable)
     {
       int ret = elf32_hppa_setup_section_lists (output_bfd, &link_info);
 
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_finish ()
   if (need_laying_out)
     hppaelf_layout_sections_again ();
 
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable)
     {
       /* Set the global data pointer.  */
       if (! elf32_hppa_set_gp (output_bfd, &link_info))
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/linux.em b/ld/emultempl/linux.em
index fae1252..ce7f3b6f 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/linux.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/linux.em
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements ()
 static void
 gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
 {
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   /* Let the backend work out the sizes of any sections required by
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -181,9 +181,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/lnk960.em b/ld/emultempl/lnk960.em
index ba0fe93..56facaa 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/lnk960.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/lnk960.em
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ lnk960_before_allocation ()
 static void
 lnk960_after_allocation ()
 {
-  if (!link_info.relocateable)
+  if (!link_info.relocatable)
     {
       lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of (".text", "_etext");
       lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of (".data", "_edata");
@@ -283,11 +283,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -304,9 +304,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/m68hc1xelf.em b/ld/emultempl/m68hc1xelf.em
index 5e5dc10..ed059a2 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/m68hc1xelf.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/m68hc1xelf.em
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ m68hc11_elf_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
 
   /* If generating a relocatable output file, then we don't
      have to generate the trampolines.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   ret = elf32_m68hc11_setup_section_lists (output_bfd, &link_info);
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/m68kcoff.em b/ld/emultempl/m68kcoff.em
index 765447a..e56c71f 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/m68kcoff.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/m68kcoff.em
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
   bfd *abfd;
 
   if (! command_line.embedded_relocs
-      || link_info.relocateable)
+      || link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link_next)
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_allocation ()
   bfd *abfd;
 
   if (! command_line.embedded_relocs
-      || link_info.relocateable)
+      || link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link_next)
@@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/m68kelf.em b/ld/emultempl/m68kelf.em
index cb3b86b..0bc20ef 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/m68kelf.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/m68kelf.em
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
-#   Copyright 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #   Written by Michael Sokolov <msokolov@ivan.Harhan.ORG>, based on armelf.em
 #
 # This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ m68k_elf_after_open ()
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_EMBEDDED_RELOCS
   if (command_line.embedded_relocs
-      && (! link_info.relocateable))
+      && (! link_info.relocatable))
     {
       bfd *abfd;
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ m68k_elf_after_allocation ()
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_EMBEDDED_RELOCS
   if (command_line.embedded_relocs
-      && (! link_info.relocateable))
+      && (! link_info.relocatable))
     {
       bfd *abfd;
 
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/mipsecoff.em b/ld/emultempl/mipsecoff.em
index 6e417ed..89ca5c6 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/mipsecoff.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/mipsecoff.em
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
   bfd *abfd;
 
   if (! command_line.embedded_relocs
-      || link_info.relocateable)
+      || link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link_next)
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_allocation ()
   bfd *abfd;
 
   if (! command_line.embedded_relocs
-      || link_info.relocateable)
+      || link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link_next)
@@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/mipself.em b/ld/emultempl/mipself.em
index 62a53e0..944fbe1 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/mipself.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/mipself.em
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #   Written by Mitch Lichtenberg <mpl@broadcom.com> and
 #   Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com> based on m68kelf.em and mipsecoff.em.
 #
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ mips_elf${ELFSIZE}_after_open()
   gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ();
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_EMBEDDED_RELOCS
-  if (command_line.embedded_relocs && (! link_info.relocateable))
+  if (command_line.embedded_relocs && (! link_info.relocatable))
     {  
       bfd *abfd;
 
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ mips_elf${ELFSIZE}_after_allocation ()
   after_allocation_default ();
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_EMBEDDED_RELOCS
-  if (command_line.embedded_relocs && (! link_info.relocateable))
+  if (command_line.embedded_relocs && (! link_info.relocatable))
     {
       bfd *abfd;
       
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/mmix-elfnmmo.em b/ld/emultempl/mmix-elfnmmo.em
index 8ec604f..3a2b870 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/mmix-elfnmmo.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/mmix-elfnmmo.em
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
-#   Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
 #
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ mmix_before_allocation ()
      maintenance burden of checking that it still does what we need.)  */
 
   /* Force -relax on if not doing a relocatable link.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable)
     command_line.relax = TRUE;
 
   if (!_bfd_mmix_prepare_linker_allocated_gregs (output_bfd, &link_info))
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/mmo.em b/ld/emultempl/mmo.em
index e65e89b..84d1197 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/mmo.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/mmo.em
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
-#   Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
 #
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ mmo_place_orphan (file, s)
   asection *snew, **pps, *bfd_section;
 
   /* We have nothing to say for anything other than a final link.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable
+  if (link_info.relocatable
       || (bfd_get_section_flags (s->owner, s)
 	  & (SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_LOAD)
     return FALSE;
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/needrelax.em b/ld/emultempl/needrelax.em
index 242b778..5e052c0 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/needrelax.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/needrelax.em
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
-#   Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
 #
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ need_relax_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
   gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ();
 
   /* Force -relax on if not doing a relocatable link.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable)
     command_line.relax = TRUE;
 }
 EOF
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/pe.em b/ld/emultempl/pe.em
index ce1a693..9197bd0 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/pe.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/pe.em
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols ()
 
   if (!init[IMAGEBASEOFF].inited)
     {
-      if (link_info.relocateable)
+      if (link_info.relocatable)
 	init[IMAGEBASEOFF].value = 0;
       else if (init[DLLOFF].value || link_info.shared)
 #ifdef DLL_SUPPORT
@@ -719,8 +719,8 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols ()
 	init[IMAGEBASEOFF].value = NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE;
     }
 
-  /* Don't do any symbol assignments if this is a relocateable link.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  /* Don't do any symbol assignments if this is a relocatable link.  */
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   /* Glue the assignments into the abs section.  */
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_parse ()
      opened, so registering the symbol as undefined will make a
      difference.  */
 
-  if (! link_info.relocateable && entry_symbol.name != NULL)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable && entry_symbol.name != NULL)
     ldlang_add_undef (entry_symbol.name);
 }
 
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
 #if ! (defined (TARGET_IS_i386pe) || defined (TARGET_IS_armpe))
   if (link_info.shared)
 #else
-  if (!link_info.relocateable)
+  if (!link_info.relocatable)
 #endif
     pe_dll_build_sections (output_bfd, &link_info);
 
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_finish ()
 #ifdef DLL_SUPPORT
   if (link_info.shared
 #if !defined(TARGET_IS_shpe) && !defined(TARGET_IS_mipspe)
-    || (!link_info.relocateable && pe_def_file->num_exports != 0)
+    || (!link_info.relocatable && pe_def_file->num_exports != 0)
 #endif
     )
     {
@@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
 
   /* Look through the script to see where to place this section.  */
   hold_section_name = xstrdup (secname);
-  if (!link_info.relocateable)
+  if (!link_info.relocatable)
     {
       dollar = strchr (hold_section_name, '$');
       if (dollar != NULL)
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
 	    }
 	}
 
-      if (link_info.relocateable || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
+      if (link_info.relocatable || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
 	address = exp_intop ((bfd_vma) 0);
       else
 	{
@@ -1934,11 +1934,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/ppc64elf.em b/ld/emultempl/ppc64elf.em
index d24ecf4..dfe7932 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/ppc64elf.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/ppc64elf.em
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ ppc_layout_sections_again (void)
 static void
 gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_allocation (void)
 {
-  if (!link_info.relocateable)
+  if (!link_info.relocatable)
     _bfd_set_gp_value (output_bfd, ppc64_elf_toc (output_bfd));
 }
 
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_finish (void)
 
   /* If generating a relocatable output file, then we don't have any
      stubs.  */
-  if (stub_file != NULL && !link_info.relocateable)
+  if (stub_file != NULL && !link_info.relocatable)
     {
       int ret = ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (output_bfd, &link_info);
       if (ret != 0)
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/sh64elf.em b/ld/emultempl/sh64elf.em
index 066cab8..174850f 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/sh64elf.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/sh64elf.em
@@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ sh64_elf_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_allocation ()
 			continue;
 		      }
 
-		    /* If we emit relocateable contents, we need a
+		    /* If we emit relocatable contents, we need a
 		       relocation for the start address.  */
-		    if (link_info.relocateable || link_info.emitrelocations)
+		    if (link_info.relocatable || link_info.emitrelocations)
 		      {
 			/* FIXME: We could perhaps use lang_add_reloc and
 			   friends here, but I'm not really sure that
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ sh64_elf_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_allocation ()
     }
 
   /* The .cranges section will have this size, no larger or smaller.
-     Since relocs (if relocateable linking) will be emitted into the
+     Since relocs (if relocatable linking) will be emitted into the
      "extended" size, we must set the raw size to the total.  We have to
      keep track of the number of new .cranges entries.
 
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/sunos.em b/ld/emultempl/sunos.em
index 8cabe3a..2f75b77 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/sunos.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/sunos.em
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
   struct bfd_link_needed_list *needed, *l;
 
   /* We only need to worry about this when doing a final link.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable || link_info.shared)
+  if (link_info.relocatable || link_info.shared)
     return;
 
   /* Get the list of files which appear in ld_need entries in dynamic
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
   /* The SunOS native linker creates a shared library whenever there
      are any undefined symbols in a link, unless -e is used.  This is
      pretty weird, but we are compatible.  */
-  if (! link_info.shared && ! link_info.relocateable && ! entry_from_cmdline)
+  if (! link_info.shared && ! link_info.relocatable && ! entry_from_cmdline)
     {
       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
 
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
      one.  We need to create the symbol before calling
      size_dynamic_sections, although we can't set the value until
      afterward.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable)
     {
       hdyn = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, "__DYNAMIC", TRUE, FALSE,
 				   FALSE);
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
   /* We must assign a value to __DYNAMIC.  It should be zero if we are
      not doing a dynamic link, or the start of the .dynamic section if
      we are doing one.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable)
     {
       hdyn->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
       hdyn->u.def.value = 0;
@@ -989,11 +989,11 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 0;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return
 EOF
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
-echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable) return'         >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocatable) return'         >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'         >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
 sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                    >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
@@ -1010,9 +1010,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/ticoff.em b/ld/emultempl/ticoff.em
index 90c940e..aca5409 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/ticoff.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/ticoff.em
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ $s/$/n"/
 cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 0;
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu`;
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr`;
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn`;
@@ -150,9 +150,9 @@ cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
 {			     
   *isfile = 1;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable && config.build_constructors)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && config.build_constructors)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
-  else if (link_info.relocateable)
+  else if (link_info.relocatable)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
   else if (!config.text_read_only)
     return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
diff --git a/ld/emultempl/xtensaelf.em b/ld/emultempl/xtensaelf.em
index b070075..bc91365 100644
--- a/ld/emultempl/xtensaelf.em
+++ b/ld/emultempl/xtensaelf.em
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ elf_xtensa_place_orphan (file, s)
      asection *s;
 {
   /* Early exit for relocatable links.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     return FALSE;
 
   return gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s);
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ elf_xtensa_before_allocation ()
 
   /* TBD: We need to force the page alignments to here and only do
      them as needed for the entire output section.  Finally, if this
-     is a relocateable link then we need to add alignment notes so
+     is a relocatable link then we need to add alignment notes so
      that the literals can be separated later.  */
 }
 
diff --git a/ld/ld.texinfo b/ld/ld.texinfo
index d6e6220..c9691a0 100644
--- a/ld/ld.texinfo
+++ b/ld/ld.texinfo
@@ -728,9 +728,9 @@ This option is currently only supported on ELF platforms.
 @cindex partial link
 @cindex relocatable output
 @kindex -r
-@kindex --relocateable
+@kindex --relocatable
 @item -r
-@itemx --relocateable
+@itemx --relocatable
 Generate relocatable output---i.e., generate an output file that can in
 turn serve as input to @command{ld}.  This is often called @dfn{partial
 linking}.  As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix
diff --git a/ld/ldctor.c b/ld/ldctor.c
index a5089cf..2081900 100644
--- a/ld/ldctor.c
+++ b/ld/ldctor.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* ldctor.c -- constructor support routines
    Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-   2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    By Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
 
 This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
@@ -278,12 +278,12 @@ ldctor_build_sets ()
 	     .long elementN
 	     .long 0
 	 except that we use the right size instead of .long.  When
-	 generating relocateable output, we generate relocs instead of
+	 generating relocatable output, we generate relocs instead of
 	 addresses.  */
       howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, p->reloc);
       if (howto == (reloc_howto_type *) NULL)
 	{
-	  if (link_info.relocateable)
+	  if (link_info.relocatable)
 	    {
 	      einfo (_("%P%X: %s does not support reloc %s for set %s\n"),
 		     bfd_get_target (output_bfd),
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ ldctor_build_sets ()
 	      continue;
 	    }
 
-	  /* If this is not a relocateable link, all we need is the
+	  /* If this is not a relocatable link, all we need is the
 	     size, which we can get from the input BFD.  */
 	  if (p->elements->section->owner != NULL)
 	    howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (p->elements->section->owner,
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ ldctor_build_sets ()
 	  if (! bfd_is_abs_section (e->section))
 	    e->section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
 
-	  if (link_info.relocateable)
+	  if (link_info.relocatable)
 	    lang_add_reloc (p->reloc, howto, e->section, e->name,
 			    exp_intop (e->value));
 	  else
diff --git a/ld/ldexp.c b/ld/ldexp.c
index 9227dd6..cafd561 100644
--- a/ld/ldexp.c
+++ b/ld/ldexp.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* This module handles expression trees.
    Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-   2001, 2002
+   2001, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support <sac@cygnus.com>.
 
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ exp_print_token (code, infix_p)
     { ADDR, "ADDR" },
     { LOADADDR, "LOADADDR" },
     { MAX_K, "MAX_K" },
-    { REL, "relocateable" },
+    { REL, "relocatable" },
     { DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN, "DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN" },
     { DATA_SEGMENT_END, "DATA_SEGMENT_END" }
   };
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ exp_bigintop (value, str)
   return new;
 }
 
-/* Build an expression representing an unnamed relocateable value.  */
+/* Build an expression representing an unnamed relocatable value.  */
 
 etree_type *
 exp_relop (section, value)
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ fold_name (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot)
 	{
 	  result = new_abs ((bfd_vma)
 			    bfd_sizeof_headers (output_bfd,
-						link_info.relocateable));
+						link_info.relocatable));
 	}
       else
 	{
diff --git a/ld/ldfile.c b/ld/ldfile.c
index 4806534..79d3b48 100644
--- a/ld/ldfile.c
+++ b/ld/ldfile.c
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ ldfile_open_file_search (arch, entry, lib, suffix)
     {
       char *string;
 
-      if (entry->dynamic && ! link_info.relocateable)
+      if (entry->dynamic && ! link_info.relocatable)
 	{
 	  if (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry))
 	    {
diff --git a/ld/ldint.texinfo b/ld/ldint.texinfo
index 489750a..5486764 100644
--- a/ld/ldint.texinfo
+++ b/ld/ldint.texinfo
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 \input texinfo
 @setfilename ldint.info
-@c Copyright 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+@c Copyright 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003
 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @ifinfo
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ be run when doing a final relocation, they should be enclosed within a
 variable substitution based on @code{RELOCATING}.  For example, on many
 targets special symbols such as @code{_end} should be defined when doing
 a final link.  Naturally, those symbols should not be defined when doing
-a relocateable link using @code{-r}.  The @file{scripttempl} script
+a relocatable link using @code{-r}.  The @file{scripttempl} script
 could use a construct like this to define those symbols:
 @smallexample
   $@{RELOCATING+ _end = .;@}
diff --git a/ld/ldlang.c b/ld/ldlang.c
index 83d43b8..267a32c 100644
--- a/ld/ldlang.c
+++ b/ld/ldlang.c
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ lang_add_section (ptr, section, output, file)
      link.  Discard debugging sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE on a
      relocatable link too.  */
   if ((flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
-      && ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 || !link_info.relocateable))
+      && ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 || !link_info.relocatable))
     discard = TRUE;
 
   /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ lang_add_section (ptr, section, output, file)
 	 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
 	 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
 
-      if (! link_info.relocateable)
+      if (! link_info.relocatable)
 	flags &= ~ (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES);
 
       /* If this is not the first input section, and the SEC_READONLY
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ lang_add_section (ptr, section, output, file)
 	}
 
       /* For now make .tbss normal section.  */
-      if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) && ! link_info.relocateable)
+      if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) && ! link_info.relocatable)
 	flags |= SEC_LOAD;
 
       section->output_section->flags |= flags;
@@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ ldlang_open_output (statement)
       ASSERT (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL);
       output_bfd = open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
       ldemul_set_output_arch ();
-      if (config.magic_demand_paged && !link_info.relocateable)
+      if (config.magic_demand_paged && !link_info.relocatable)
 	output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
       else
 	output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ lang_size_sections_1 (s, output_section_statement, prev, fill, dot, relax,
 			 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) != 0
 			&& (bfd_get_section_flags (output_bfd, os->bfd_section)
 			    & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) == 0
-			&& ! link_info.relocateable
+			&& ! link_info.relocatable
 			&& check_regions
 			&& strcmp (os->region->name, "*default*") == 0
 			&& lang_memory_region_list != NULL
@@ -3139,7 +3139,7 @@ lang_size_sections_1 (s, output_section_statement, prev, fill, dot, relax,
 	      ASSERT (after == os->bfd_section->vma);
 	    else if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
 		     && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
-		     && ! link_info.relocateable)
+		     && ! link_info.relocatable)
 	      os->bfd_section->_raw_size = 0;
 	    else
 	      os->bfd_section->_raw_size =
@@ -3585,7 +3585,7 @@ lang_set_startof ()
 {
   asection *s;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     return;
 
   for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
@@ -3632,7 +3632,7 @@ lang_finish ()
   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
   bfd_boolean warn;
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable || link_info.shared)
+  if (link_info.relocatable || link_info.shared)
     warn = FALSE;
   else
     warn = TRUE;
@@ -3741,7 +3741,7 @@ lang_check ()
 	 input format may not have equivalent representations in
 	 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
 	 relocs for other link purposes than a final link).  */
-      if ((link_info.relocateable || link_info.emitrelocations)
+      if ((link_info.relocatable || link_info.emitrelocations)
 	  && (compatible == NULL
 	      || bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_get_flavour (output_bfd))
 	  && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
@@ -3794,7 +3794,7 @@ lang_common ()
 {
   if (command_line.inhibit_common_definition)
     return;
-  if (link_info.relocateable
+  if (link_info.relocatable
       && ! command_line.force_common_definition)
     return;
 
@@ -3935,7 +3935,7 @@ lang_place_orphans ()
 		  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
 		     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
 		     with the wildcard.  */
-		  if (! link_info.relocateable
+		  if (! link_info.relocatable
 		      || command_line.force_common_definition)
 		    {
 		      if (default_common_section == NULL)
@@ -4353,7 +4353,7 @@ lang_process ()
   /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them.  */
   lang_place_orphans ();
 
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+  if (! link_info.relocatable)
     {
       /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it.  */
       asection *found = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".text");
@@ -4371,7 +4371,7 @@ lang_process ()
      and other back-ends size dynamic sections.  */
   ldemul_before_allocation ();
 
-  if (!link_info.relocateable)
+  if (!link_info.relocatable)
     strip_excluded_output_sections ();
 
   /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
@@ -4449,7 +4449,7 @@ lang_process ()
 		       (fill_type *) 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
 
   /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable
+  if (! link_info.relocatable
       && command_line.check_section_addresses)
     lang_check_section_addresses ();
 
diff --git a/ld/ldmain.c b/ld/ldmain.c
index 08a0ec4..424a400 100644
--- a/ld/ldmain.c
+++ b/ld/ldmain.c
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
      interface by default.  */
   demangling = getenv ("COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE") == NULL;
 
-  link_info.relocateable = FALSE;
+  link_info.relocatable = FALSE;
   link_info.emitrelocations = FALSE;
   link_info.task_link = FALSE;
   link_info.shared = FALSE;
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
 
   ldemul_set_symbols ();
 
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     {
       if (command_line.gc_sections)
 	einfo ("%P%F: --gc-sections and -r may not be used together\n");
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
   /* Treat ld -r -s as ld -r -S -x (i.e., strip all local symbols).  I
      don't see how else this can be handled, since in this case we
      must preserve all externally visible symbols.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable && link_info.strip == strip_all)
+  if (link_info.relocatable && link_info.strip == strip_all)
     {
       link_info.strip = strip_debugger;
       if (link_info.discard == discard_sec_merge)
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
 
   /* Print error messages for any missing symbols, for any warning
      symbols, and possibly multiple definitions.  */
-  if (link_info.relocateable)
+  if (link_info.relocatable)
     output_bfd->flags &= ~EXEC_P;
   else
     output_bfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
@@ -489,9 +489,9 @@ main (argc, argv)
   if (nocrossref_list != NULL)
     check_nocrossrefs ();
 
-  /* Even if we're producing relocateable output, some non-fatal errors should
+  /* Even if we're producing relocatable output, some non-fatal errors should
      be reported in the exit status.  (What non-fatal errors, if any, do we
-     want to ignore for relocateable output?)  */
+     want to ignore for relocatable output?)  */
   if (!config.make_executable && !force_make_executable)
     {
       if (trace_files)
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
       /* If the --force-exe-suffix is enabled, and we're making an
 	 executable file and it doesn't end in .exe, copy it to one
 	 which does.  */
-      if (! link_info.relocateable && command_line.force_exe_suffix)
+      if (! link_info.relocatable && command_line.force_exe_suffix)
 	{
 	  int len = strlen (output_filename);
 
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ constructor_callback (info, constructor, name, abfd, section, value)
   /* Ensure that BFD_RELOC_CTOR exists now, so that we can give a
      useful error message.  */
   if (bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, BFD_RELOC_CTOR) == NULL
-      && (link_info.relocateable
+      && (link_info.relocatable
 	  || bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_CTOR) == NULL))
     einfo (_("%P%F: BFD backend error: BFD_RELOC_CTOR unsupported\n"));
 
diff --git a/ld/ldwrite.c b/ld/ldwrite.c
index cbd879d..a93f151 100644
--- a/ld/ldwrite.c
+++ b/ld/ldwrite.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* ldwrite.c -- write out the linked file
-   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2002
+   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2002, 2003
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Steve Chamberlain sac@cygnus.com
 
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ split_sections (abfd, info)
 		  || info->strip == strip_some)
 		thislines = sec->lineno_count;
 
-	      if (info->relocateable)
+	      if (info->relocatable)
 		thisrelocs = sec->reloc_count;
 
 	      if (sec->_cooked_size != 0)
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ split_sections (abfd, info)
 		thissize = sec->_raw_size;
 
 	    }
-	  else if (info->relocateable
+	  else if (info->relocatable
 		   && (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
 		       || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order))
 	    thisrelocs++;
diff --git a/ld/lexsup.c b/ld/lexsup.c
index 8c85807..5f30f89 100644
--- a/ld/lexsup.c
+++ b/ld/lexsup.c
@@ -234,8 +234,8 @@ static const struct ld_option ld_options[] =
       '\0', NULL, N_("Ignored for SVR4 compatibility"), ONE_DASH },
   { {"emit-relocs", no_argument, NULL, 'q'},
       'q', NULL, "Generate relocations in final output", TWO_DASHES },
-  { {"relocateable", no_argument, NULL, 'r'},
-      'r', NULL, N_("Generate relocateable output"), TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"relocatable", no_argument, NULL, 'r'},
+      'r', NULL, N_("Generate relocatable output"), TWO_DASHES },
   { {NULL, no_argument, NULL, '\0'},
       'i', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
   { {"just-symbols", required_argument, NULL, 'R'},
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ parse_args (argc, argv)
 	       and will seg-fault the next time around.  */
 	    einfo(_("%P%F: bad -rpath option\n"));
 
-	  link_info.relocateable = TRUE;
+	  link_info.relocatable = TRUE;
 	  config.build_constructors = FALSE;
 	  config.magic_demand_paged = FALSE;
 	  config.text_read_only = FALSE;
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ parse_args (argc, argv)
 	  link_info.task_link = TRUE;
 	  /* Fall through - do an implied -r option.  */
 	case OPTION_UR:
-	  link_info.relocateable = TRUE;
+	  link_info.relocatable = TRUE;
 	  config.build_constructors = TRUE;
 	  config.magic_demand_paged = FALSE;
 	  config.text_read_only = FALSE;